Morgan Stanley
MS
#51
Rank
$289.81 B
Marketcap
$182.35
Share price
1.33%
Change (1 day)
34.79%
Change (1 year)

Morgan Stanley - 10-Q quarterly report FY2018 Q2


Text size:
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

☒ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2018

OR

☐    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 1-11758

 

LOGO

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

    

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

 

  

36-3145972

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

  

(212) 761-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   ☒    No   ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, anon-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer  ☒

  

Accelerated Filer  ☐

Non-Accelerated Filer   ☐

  

Smaller reporting company  ☐

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Emerging growth company  ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.                ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

As of July 31, 2018, there were 1,744,789,709 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.


Table of Contents

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

For the quarter ended June 30, 2018

 

Table of Contents

   Part    Item    Page 

Financial Information

   I         1 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   I    2    1 

Introduction

             1 

Executive Summary

             2 

Business Segments

             7 

Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures

             18 

Accounting Development Updates

             19 

Critical Accounting Policies

             19 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

             19 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

   I    3    32 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

             41 

Financial Statements

   I    1    42 

Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes

             42 

Consolidated Income Statements (Unaudited)

             42 

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statements (Unaudited)

             43 

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited at June 30, 2018)

             44 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity (Unaudited)

             45 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements (Unaudited)

             46 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

             47 

1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation

             47 

2. Significant Accounting Policies

             48 

3. Fair Values

             50 

4. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

             61 

5. Investment Securities

             65 

6. Collateralized Transactions

             68 

7. Loans, Lending Commitments and Allowance for Credit Losses

             69 

8. Equity Method Investments

             71 

9. Deposits

             72 

10.Borrowings and Other Secured Financings

             72 

11.Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

             72 

12.Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

             76 

13.Regulatory Requirements

             79 

14.Total Equity

             81 

15.Earnings per Common Share

             83 

16.Interest Income and Interest Expense

             84 

17.Employee Benefit Plans

             84 

18.Income Taxes

             84 

19.Segment, Geographic and Revenue Information

             85 

20.Subsequent Events

             87 
Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)             88 
Glossary of Common Acronyms             91 
Other Information   II         93 
Legal Proceedings   II    1    93 
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds   II    2    94 
Controls and Procedures   I    4    95 
Exhibits   II    6    95 
Exhibit Index             E-1 
Signatures             S-1 

 

  i  


Table of Contents

Available Information

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site, www.sec.gov, that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers file electronically with the SEC. Our electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s internet site.

Our internet site is www.morganstanley.com. You can access our Investor Relations webpage at www.morganstanley.com/about-us-ir. We make available free of charge, on or through our Investor Relations webpage, our Proxy Statements, Annual Reports on Form10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. We also make available, through our Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of our equity securities filed by our directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

You can access information about our corporate governance at www.morganstanley.com/about-us-governance. Our Corporate Governance webpage includes:

 

  

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

  

Amended and Restated Bylaws;

  

Charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee, Operations and Technology Committee, and Risk Committee;

  

Corporate Governance Policies;

  

Policy Regarding Corporate Political Activities;

  

Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

  

Equity Ownership Commitment;

  

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

  

Code of Conduct;

  

Integrity Hotline Information; and

  

Environmental and Social Policies.

Our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) on our internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on our internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.

 

  ii  


Table of Contents
  LOGO

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

 

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” “Firm,” “us,” “we” or “our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. We define the following as part of our consolidated financial statements (“financial statements”): consolidated income statements (“income statements”), consolidated balance sheets (“balance sheets”), and consolidated cash flow statements (“cash flow statements”). See the “Glossary of Common Acronyms” for definitions of certain acronyms used throughout this Form 10-Q.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of our business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides investment banking, sales and trading, lending and other services to corporations, governments, financial institutions, and high to ultra-high net worth clients. Investment banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including services relating to the underwriting of debt, equity and other securities, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance. Sales and trading services include sales, financing, prime brokerage and market-making activities in equity and fixed income products, including foreign exchange and commodities. Lending services include originating and/or purchasing corporate loans, commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending and financing extended to equities and commodities customers and municipalities. Other activities include investments and research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small to medium-sized businesses and institutions covering brokerage and investment advisory services, financial and wealth planning services, annuity and insurance products, credit and other lending products, banking and retirement plan services.

Investment Managementprovides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products include equity, fixed income, liquidity and alternative/other products. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are serviced through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by competition; risk factors; and legislative, legal and regulatory developments; as well as other factors. These factors also may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives. Additionally, the discussion of our results of operations herein may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Business—Competition,” “Business—Supervision and Regulation” and “Risk Factors” in the 2017 Form10-K, and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” herein.

 

 

  1  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Executive Summary

Overview of Financial Results

 

Consolidated Results

Net Revenues

($ in millions)

 

LOGO

Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley

($ in millions)

 

LOGO

Earnings per Common Share1

 

LOGO

 

1.

For the calculation of basic and diluted EPS, see Note 15 to the financial statements.

 

 

We reported net revenues of $10,610 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2018 (“current quarter,” or “2Q 2018”), compared with $9,503 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2017 (“prior year quarter,” or “2Q 2017”). For the current quarter, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $2,437 million, or $1.30 per diluted common share, compared with $1,757 million, or $0.87 per diluted common share, in the prior year quarter.

 

 

We reported net revenues of $21,687 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 (“current year period,” or “YTD 2018”), compared with $19,248 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017 (“prior year period,” or “YTD 2017”). For the current year period, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $5,105 million, or $2.75 per diluted common share, compared with $3,687 million, or $1.87 per diluted common share, in the prior year period.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  2  


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

 

Non-interestExpenses1

($ in millions)

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

1.

The percentages on the bars in the charts represent the contribution of compensation expense and non-compensation expense to the total.

 

Compensation and benefits expenses of $4,621 million in the current quarter and $9,535 million in the current year period each increased 9% from $4,252 million in the prior year quarter and $8,718 million in the prior year period. These results primarily reflected increases in discretionary incentive compensation mainly driven by higher revenues, as well as salaries, across all business segments, the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives, and amortization of deferred cash and equity awards. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

 

 

Non-compensation expenses were $2,880 million in the current quarter and $5,623 million in the current year period compared with $2,609 million in the prior year quarter and $5,080 million in the prior year period, representing a 10% and an 11% increase, respectively. These increases were primarily a result of higher volume-related expenses and the gross presentation of certain expenses due to the adoption of the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers (see Notes 2 and 19 to the financial statements for further information).

Income Taxes

The current quarter and current year period included intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $88 million primarily associated with new information pertaining to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations and other matters. The prior year quarter and prior year period included intermittent tax provisions of $4 million and $18 million, respectively. For further information, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

 

 

  3  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Selected Financial Information and Other Statistical Data

 

  

Three Months
Ended

June 30,

  

Six Months

Ended

June 30,

 
$ in millions 2018  2017  2018  2017 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $2,439  $1,762  $5,109  $3,714 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

  (2  (5  (4  (27

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  2,437   1,757   5,105   3,687 

Preferred stock dividends and other

  170   170   263   260 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

 $2,267  $1,587  $4,842  $3,427 

Expense efficiency ratio1

  70.7%   72.2%   69.9%   71.7% 

ROE2

  13.0%   9.1%   13.9%   9.9% 

ROTCE2

  14.9%   10.4%   16.0%   11.4% 

 

in millions, except per share and
employee data
 At June 30,
2018
  At December 31,
2017
 

GLR3

 $226,322  $192,660 

Loans4

 $112,113  $104,126 

Total assets

 $875,875  $851,733 

Deposits

 $172,802  $159,436 

Borrowings

 $192,244  $192,582 

Common shareholders’ equity

 $70,589  $68,871 

Common shares outstanding

  1,750   1,788 

Book value per common share5

 $40.34  $38.52 

Worldwide employees

  58,010   57,633 

 

   At June 30,
2018
  At December 31,
2017
 

Capital ratios6

  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

  15.8%   16.5% 

Tier 1 capital ratio

  18.1%   18.9% 

Total capital ratio

  20.6%   21.7% 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

  8.2%   8.3% 

SLR7

  6.4%   6.5% 

 

1.

The expense efficiency ratio represents total non-interest expense as a percentage of net revenues.

2.

Represents a non-GAAP measure. See “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

3.

For a discussion of the GLR, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” herein.

4.

Amounts include loans held for investment (net of allowance) and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheets (see Note 7 to the financial statements).

5.

Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity divided by common shares outstanding.

6.

Beginning in 2018, our risk based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach fully phased-in rules. At December 31, 2017, our risk based capital ratios were based on the Standardized Approach transitional rules. For a discussion of our regulatory capital ratios, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

7.

The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018. For a discussion of the SLR, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

Business Segment Results

Net Revenues by Segment1, 2 

($ in millions)

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  4  


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley by Segment1, 3

($ in millions)

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

1.

The percentages in the charts represent the contribution of each business segment to the total. Amounts do not necessarily total to 100% due to intersegment eliminations, where applicable.

2.

The total amount of Net Revenues by Segment also includes intersegment eliminations of $(120) million and $(75) million in the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively, and $(235) million and $(149) million in the current year period and prior year period, respectively.

3.

The total amount of Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley by Segment also includes intersegment eliminations of $2 million in the prior year period.

 

 

Institutional Securities net revenues of $5,714 million in the current quarter and $11,814 million in the current year period increased 20% from the prior year quarter and 19% from the prior year period primarily reflecting higher sales and trading and Investment banking revenues.

 

 

Wealth Management net revenues of $4,325 million in the current quarter and $8,699 million in the current year period increased 4% from the prior year quarter and 6% from the prior year period primarily reflecting growth in Asset management revenues.

 

 

Investment Management net revenues of $691 million in the current quarter and $1,409 million in the current year period increased 4% from the prior year quarter and 11% from the prior year period primarily reflecting higher revenues from Asset management.

Net Revenues by Region1, 2

($ in millions)

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

1.

For a discussion of how the geographic breakdown for net revenues is determined, see Note 19 to the financial statements.

2.

The percentages on the bars in the charts represent the contribution of each region to the total.

 

 

  5  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information

We prepare our financial statements using U.S. GAAP. From time to time, we may disclose certain“non-GAAP financial measures” in this document or in the course of our earnings releases, earnings and other conference calls, financial presentations, Definitive Proxy Statement and otherwise. A “non-GAAP financial measure” excludes, or includes, amounts from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We consider thenon-GAAP financial measures we disclose to be useful to us, investors and analysts by providing further transparency about, or an alternate means of assessing, our financial condition, operating results, prospective regulatory capital requirements or capital adequacy. These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, U.S. GAAP and may be different from or inconsistent with non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Whenever we refer to a non-GAAP financial measure, we will also generally define it or present the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, along with a reconciliation of the differences between the U.S. GAAP financial measure and the non-GAAP financial measure.

The principal non-GAAP financial measures presented in this document are set forth below.

Reconciliations from U.S. GAAP to Non-GAAP Consolidated Financial Measures

 

$ in millions, except Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
per share data     2018          2017          2018          2017     

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $2,437  $1,757  $5,105  $3,687 

Impact of adjustments

  (88  4   (88  18 

Adjusted net income applicable to Morgan Stanley—non-GAAP1

 $2,349   1,761  $5,017   3,705 

Earnings per diluted common share

 $1.30  $0.87  $2.75  $1.87 

Impact of adjustments

  (0.05     (0.05  0.01 

Adjusted earnings per diluted common share —non-GAAP1

 $1.25  $0.87  $2.70  $1.88 

Effective income tax rate

  20.6%   32.0%   20.7%   30.5% 

Impact of adjustments

  2.8%   (0.1)%   1.4%   (0.4)% 

Adjusted effective income taxrate—non-GAAP1

  23.4%   31.9%   22.1%   30.1% 
        Average Monthly Balance 
  

At
June 30,

2018

  

At
December 31,

2017

  

Three Months

Ended June 30,

  

Six Months

Ended June 30,

 
$ in millions 2018  2017  2018  2017 

Tangible Equity

      

U.S. GAAP

      

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

 $79,109  $77,391  $78,432  $78,436  $77,960  $77,836 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

  (9,022  (9,042  (9,076  (9,194  (9,049  (9,227

Morgan Stanley tangible shareholders’ equity—non-GAAP

 $70,087  $68,349  $69,356  $69,242  $68,911  $68,609 

U.S. GAAP

      

Common equity

 $70,589  $68,871  $69,912  $69,916  $69,440  $69,459 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

  (9,022  (9,042  (9,076  (9,194  (9,049  (9,227

Tangible commonequity—non-GAAP

 $  61,567  $59,829  $  60,836  $  60,722  $  60,391  $  60,232 

Consolidated Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
$ in billions 2018   2017   2018   2017 

Average common equity

 

      

Unadjusted

 $69.9   $69.9   $69.4   $69.5 

Adjusted1

  69.9    69.9    69.4    69.5 

ROE2

 

      

Unadjusted

  13.0%    9.1%    13.9%    9.9% 

Adjusted1, 3

  12.5%    9.1%    13.7%    9.9% 

Average tangible common equity

 

      

Unadjusted

 $60.8   $60.7   $60.4   $60.2 

Adjusted1

  60.8    60.7    60.4    60.2 

ROTCE2

 

      

Unadjusted

  14.9%    10.4%    16.0%    11.4% 

Adjusted1, 3

  14.3%    10.5%    15.7%    11.4% 

 

    

At June 30,

2018

   

At December 31,

2017

 

Tangible book value per common share4

  $            35.19   $33.46 
 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  6  


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures by Business Segment

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
$ in billions 2018  2017  2018  2017 

Pre-tax profit margin5

    

Institutional Securities

  32%   30%   33%   32% 

Wealth Management

  27%   25%   27%   25% 

Investment Management

  20%   21%   20%   19% 

Consolidated

  29%   28%   30%   28% 

Average common equity6

 

   

Institutional Securities

 $40.8  $40.2  $40.8  $40.2 

Wealth Management

  16.8   17.2   16.8   17.2 

Investment Management

  2.6   2.4   2.6   2.4 

Parent Company

  9.7   10.1   9.2   9.7 

Consolidated average common equity

 $69.9  $69.9  $69.4  $69.5 

Average tangible common equity6

 

   

Institutional Securities

 $40.1  $39.6  $40.1  $39.6 

Wealth Management

  9.2   9.3   9.2   9.3 

Investment Management

  1.7   1.6   1.7   1.6 

Parent Company

  9.8   10.2   9.4   9.7 

Consolidated average tangible common equity

 $60.8  $60.7  $60.4  $60.2 

ROE2, 7

 

   

Institutional Securities

  13.0%   8.5%   14.1%   9.9% 

Wealth Management

  20.0%   14.6%   20.7%   14.6% 

Investment Management

  15.7%   16.3%   17.5%   13.7% 

Consolidated

  13.0%   9.1%   13.9%   9.9% 

ROTCE2, 7

 

   

Institutional Securities

  13.2%   8.7%   14.3%   10.1% 

Wealth Management

  36.6%   27.0%   37.8%   27.0% 

Investment Management

  24.5%   24.1%   27.4%   20.2% 

Consolidated

  14.9%   10.4%   16.0%   11.4% 

 

1.

Adjusted amounts exclude intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits). Income tax consequences associated with employee share-based awards are recognized in Provision for income taxes in the income statements but are excluded from the intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits) adjustment as we anticipate conversion activity each quarter. For further information on the net discrete tax provisions (benefits), see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

2.

ROE and ROTCE equal annualized net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, on a consolidated basis as indicated. When excluding intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits), both the numerator and denominator are adjusted.

3.

The calculations used in determining the Firm’s “ROE and ROTCE Targets” referred to below are the Adjusted ROE and Adjusted ROTCE amounts shown in this table.

4.

Tangible book value per common share equals tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding.

5.

Pre-tax profit margin represents income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.

6.

Average common equity and average tangible common equity for each business segment are determined using our Required Capital framework (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework” herein).

7.

The calculation of the ROE and ROTCE by segment uses the annualized net income applicable to Morgan Stanley by segment less preferred dividends allocated to each segment as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively, allocated to each segment.

Return on Equity and Tangible Common Equity Targets

In January 2018, we established an ROE Target of 10% to 13% for the medium term, which is equivalent to an ROTCE Target of 11.5% to 14.5%.

Our ROE and ROTCE Targets are forward-looking statements that may be materially affected by many factors, including, among other things: macroeconomic and market conditions; legislative and regulatory developments; industry trading and investment banking volumes; equity market levels; interest rate environment; outsize legal expenses or penalties and the ability to maintain a reduced level of expenses; and capital levels. For further information on our ROE and ROTCE Targets and related assumptions, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Executive Summary—Return on Equity and Tangible Common Equity Targets” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Business Segments

Substantially all of our operating revenues and operating expenses are directly attributable to the business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, we include an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to our consolidated results.

Net Revenues, Compensation Expense and Income Taxes

For an overview of the components of our net revenues, compensation expense and income taxes, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

 

 

  7  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Institutional Securities

Income Statement Information

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
    
$ in millions 2018  2017  % Change 

Revenues

   

Investment banking

 $      1,699  $      1,413   20% 

Trading

  3,128   2,725   15% 

Investments

  89   37   141% 

Commissions and fees

  674   630   7% 

Asset management

  102   89   15% 

Other

  168   126   33% 

Total non-interestrevenues

  5,860   5,020   17% 

Interest income

  2,195   1,243   77% 

Interest expense

  2,341   1,501   56% 

Net interest

  (146  (258  43% 

Net revenues

  5,714   4,762   20% 

Compensation and benefits

  1,993   1,667   20% 

Non-compensationexpenses

  1,909   1,652           16% 

Total non-interestexpenses

  3,902   3,319   18% 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  1,812   1,443   26% 

Provision for income taxes

  323   413   (22)% 

Income from continuing operations

  1,489   1,030   45% 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

  (2  (5  60% 

Net income

  1,487   1,025   45% 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  30   33   (9)% 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $1,457  $992   47% 

 

  Six Months Ended
June 30,
    
$ in millions 2018  2017  % Change 

Revenues

   

Investment banking

 $      3,212  $      2,830   13% 

Trading

  6,771   5,737   18% 

Investments

  138   103   34% 

Commissions and fees

  1,418   1,250   13% 

Asset management

  212   180   18% 

Other

  304   299   2% 

Total non-interestrevenues

  12,055   10,399   16% 

Interest income

  3,999   2,367   69% 

Interest expense

  4,240   2,852   49% 

Net interest

  (241  (485  50% 

Net revenues

  11,814   9,914   19% 

Compensation and benefits

  4,153   3,537   17% 

Non-compensationexpenses

  3,737   3,204           17% 

Total non-interestexpenses

  7,890   6,741   17% 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  3,924   3,173   24% 

Provision for income taxes

  772   872   (11)% 

Income from continuing operations

  3,152   2,301   37% 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

  (4  (27  85% 

Net income

  3,148   2,274   38% 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  64   68   (6)% 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $3,084  $2,206   40% 
 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  8  


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Investment Banking

Investment Banking Revenues

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
     
$ in millions 2018  2017   % Change 

Advisory

 $618  $504    23% 

Underwriting:

    

Equity

  541   405    34% 

Fixed income

  540   504    7% 

Total underwriting

  1,081   909    19% 

Total investment banking

 $1,699  $1,413    20% 

 

   Six Months Ended
June 30,
     
$ in millions  2018   2017   % Change 

Advisory

  $1,192   $1,000    19% 

Underwriting:

      

Equity

   962    795    21% 

Fixed income

   1,058    1,035    2% 

Total underwriting

   2,020    1,830    10% 

Total investment banking

  $3,212   $2,830    13% 

Investment Banking Volumes

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
$ in billions 2018  2017  2018  2017 

Completed mergers and acquisitions1

 $325  $212  $488  $375 

Equity and equity-related offerings2, 3

  16   20   37   30 

Fixed income offerings2, 4

  61   70   116   145 

Source: Thomson Reuters, data as of July 2, 2018. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal or change in the value of a transaction.

 

1.

Amounts include transactions of $100 million or more. Completed mergers and acquisitions volumes are based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction.

2.

Equity and equity-related offerings and fixed income offerings are based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers.

3.

Amounts include Rule 144A issuances and registered public offerings of common stock and convertible securities and rights offerings.

4.

Amounts include non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, and taxable municipal debt. Amounts include publicly registered and Rule 144A issuances. Amounts exclude leveraged loans and self-led issuances.

Investment banking revenues are composed of fees from advisory services and revenues from the underwriting of securities offerings and syndication of loans, net of syndication expenses.

Investment banking revenues of $1,699 million in the current quarter and $3,212 million in the current year period increased 20% and 13% from the comparable prior year periods. The adoption of the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers had the effect of increasing the revenues reported in investment banking by approximately $101 million in the current quarter and $161 million in the current year period compared with the prior year periods (see Notes 2 and 19 to the financial statements for further information). The drivers of the increase in our Investment banking revenues, other than the effect of the above accounting update, were:

 

 

Advisory revenues increased in the current quarter and current year period primarily reflecting higher volumes of completed M&A activity (see Investment Banking Volumes table), partially offset by lower fee realizations.

 

 

Equity underwriting revenues increased in the current quarter primarily as a result of higher fee realizations in initial public offerings and convertibles. In the current year period, equity underwriting revenues increased due to higher equity market volumes (see Investment Banking Volumes table).

 

 

Fixed income underwriting revenues increased in the current quarter primarily due to higher non-investment grade loan fees. Fixed income underwriting revenues in the current year period were relatively unchanged from the prior year period.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues

By Income Statement Line Item

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
     
$ in millions  2018   2017   % Change 

Trading

  $3,128   $2,725    15% 

Commissions and fees

   674    630    7% 

Asset management

   102    89    15% 

Net interest

   (146   (258   43% 

Total

  $3,758   $3,186    18% 

 

   Six Months Ended
June 30,
     
$ in millions  2018   2017   % Change 

Trading

  $6,771   $5,737    18% 

Commissions and fees

   1,418    1,250    13% 

Asset management

   212    180    18% 

Net interest

   (241   (485   50% 

Total

  $8,160   $6,682    22% 
 

 

  9  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

By Business

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
     
$ in millions  2018   2017   % Change 

Equity

  $2,470   $2,155    15% 

Fixed income

   1,389    1,239    12% 

Other

   (101   (208   51% 

Total

  $3,758   $3,186    18% 

 

   Six Months Ended
June 30,
     
$ in millions  2018   2017   % Change 

Equity

  $5,028   $4,171    21% 

Fixed income

   3,262    2,953    10% 

Other

   (130   (442   71% 

Total

  $8,160   $6,682    22% 

Sales and Trading Revenues—Equity and Fixed Income

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30, 2018
 
$ in millions Trading  Fees1  Net
Interest2
  Total 

Financing

 $1,373  $89  $(192 $1,270 

Execution services

  661   605   (66  1,200 

Total Equity

 $2,034  $694  $(258 $2,470 

Total Fixed Income

 $1,299  $83  $7  $1,389 

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30, 2017
 
$ in millions Trading  Fees1  Net
Interest2
  Total 

Financing

 $1,166  $88  $(227 $1,027 

Execution services

  601   580   (53  1,128 

Total Equity

 $1,767  $668  $(280 $2,155 

Total Fixed income

 $1,114  $48  $77  $1,239 

 

  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2018
 
$ in millions Trading  Fees1  Net
Interest2
  Total 

Financing

 $2,607  $196  $(338 $2,465 

Execution services

  1,452   1,269   (158  2,563 

Total Equity

 $4,059  $1,465  $(496 $5,028 

Total Fixed Income

 $3,014  $166  $82  $3,262 

 

  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2017
 
$ in millions Trading  Fees1  Net
Interest2
  Total 

Financing

 $2,097  $177  $(415 $1,859 

Execution services

  1,265   1,148   (101  2,312 

Total Equity

 $3,362  $1,325  $(516 $4,171 

Total Fixed income

 $2,712  $102  $139  $2,953 

 

1.

Includes Commissions and fees and Asset management revenues.

2.

Funding costs are allocated to the businesses based on funding usage and are included in Net interest.

As discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Net Revenues by Segment” in the 2017 Form 10-K, we manage each of the sales and trading businesses based on its aggregate net revenues. We provide qualitative commentary in the discussion of results that follow on the key drivers of period over period variances, as the quantitative impact of the various market dynamics typically cannot be disaggregated.

For additional information on total Trading revenues, see the table “Trading Revenues by Product Type” in Note 4 to the financial statements.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues during the Current Quarter

Equity

Equity sales and trading net revenues of $2,470 million in the current quarter increased 15% from the prior year quarter, reflecting higher results in both our financing businesses and execution services.

 

 

Financing revenues increased from the prior year quarter, primarily due to higher average client balances and changes in funding mix which resulted in increased Trading and Net interest revenues.

 

 

Execution services increased from the prior year quarter, primarily reflecting higher Trading revenues driven by effective inventory management in derivative products. In addition, Commissions and fees increased from higher client activity in cash equities products.

Fixed Income

Fixed income net revenues of $1,389 million in the current quarter were 12% higher than the prior year quarter, driven by higher results in commodities products and other and credit products, partially offset by lower results in global macro products.

 

 

Global macro products revenues decreased as higher client activity was more than offset by unfavorable inventory management results in foreign exchange and emerging markets products.

 

 

Credit products Trading and Net interest revenues increased primarily as a result of increased client activity in lending products, partially offset by the impact of credit spread widening on inventory.

 

 

Commodities products and Other increased primarily due to increased client trading activity across commodities products and higher Trading revenues principally from a reduction in counterparty credit risk.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  10  


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Other

Other sales and trading net losses of $101 million in the current quarter decreased from the prior year quarter, primarily reflecting higher revenues on economic hedges related to our long-term debt and corporate loan activity.

Sales and Trading Net Revenues during the Current Year Period

Equity

Equity sales and trading net revenues of $5,028 million in the current year period increased 21% from the prior year period, reflecting higher results in both our financing businesses and execution services.

 

 

Financing revenues increased from the prior year period, primarily due to higher average client balances and changes in funding mix which resulted in increased Trading and Net interest revenues.

 

 

Execution services increased from the prior year period, primarily reflecting higher Trading revenues driven by effective inventory management and higher client activity in derivative products. In addition, Commissions and fees increased from higher client activity in cash equities products.

Fixed Income

Fixed income net revenues of $3,262 million in the current year period were 10% higher than the prior year period, primarily driven by higher results in commodities products and other.

 

 

Global macro and Credit products revenues remained relatively unchanged from the prior year period.

 

 

Commodities products and Other increased primarily due to increased Commodities structured transactions and client flow and higher Trading revenues principally from a reduction in counterparty credit risk.

Other

Other sales and trading net losses of $130 million in the current year period decreased from the prior year period, primarily reflecting higher revenues on economic hedges related to our long-term debt and lower losses associated with corporate loan hedging activity.

Investments, Other Revenues, Non-interest Expenses and Income Tax Items

Investments

 

 

Net investment gains of $89 million in the current quarter and $138 million in the current year period increased from the prior year periods, primarily as a result of higher gains on business-related investments, partially offset by lower results from real estate limited partnership investments.

Other Revenues

 

 

Other revenues of $168 million in the current quarter and $304 million in the current year period increased from the prior year periods, reflecting the recovery of a previously charged off energy industry related loan and improved results from other equity method investments. These results were partially offset by losses associated with held-for-sale corporate loans compared with gains in the respective prior year periods.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $3,902 million in the current quarter increased from the prior year quarter, reflecting a 20% increase in Compensation and benefits expenses and a 16% increase in Non-compensation expenses. Non-interest expenses of $7,890 million in the current year period increased from the prior year period reflecting a 17% increase in both Compensation and benefits expenses and Non-compensation expenses.

 

 

Compensation and benefits expenses increased in the current quarter and current year period, primarily due to increases in discretionary incentive compensation driven by higher revenues, as well as amortization of deferred cash and equity awards and salaries, partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

 

 

Non-compensation expenses increased in the current quarter and current year period, primarily due to higher volume-related expenses and the gross presentation of certain expenses due to the adoption of the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers (see Notes 2 and 19 to the financial statements for further information). In addition, in the current year period, the results were partially offset by the reversal of a portion of previously recorded provisions related to U.K. VAT matters.

 

 

  11  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Income Tax Items

The effective tax rate in the current quarter and current year period is lower compared with the prior year periods primarily as a result of the enactment of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”). For a discussion of the Tax Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

 

In both the current quarter and current year period, we recognized in Provision for income taxes an intermittent net discrete tax benefit of $97 million, primarily associated with new information pertaining to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations and other matters.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  12  


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Wealth Management

Income Statement Information

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
    
$ in millions     2018          2017      % Change 

Revenues

   

Investment banking

 $114  $135   (16)% 

Trading

  135   207   (35)% 

Investments

  3   1   200% 

Commissions and fees

  442   424   4% 

Asset management

  2,514   2,302   9% 

Other

  74   73   1% 

Total non-interestrevenues

  3,282   3,142   4% 

Interest income

  1,320   1,114   18% 

Interest expense

  277   105   164% 

Net interest

  1,043   1,009   3% 

Net revenues

  4,325   4,151   4% 

Compensation and benefits

  2,356   2,297   3% 

Non-compensationexpenses

  812   797   2% 

Total non-interestexpenses

  3,168   3,094   2% 

Income from continuing

operations before income taxes

  1,157   1,057   9% 

Provision for income taxes

  281   392   (28)% 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $876  $665   32% 

 

  Six Months Ended
June 30,
    
$ in millions     2018          2017      % Change 

Revenues

   

Investment banking

 $254  $280   (9)% 

Trading

  244   445   (45)% 

Investments

  3   2   50% 

Commissions and fees

  940   864   9% 

Asset management

  5,009   4,486   12% 

Other

  137   129   6% 

Total non-interestrevenues

  6,587   6,206   6% 

Interest income

  2,600   2,193   19% 

Interest expense

  488   190   157% 

Net interest

  2,112   2,003   5% 

Net revenues

  8,699   8,209   6% 

Compensation and benefits

  4,806   4,614   4% 

Non-compensationexpenses

  1,576   1,565   1% 

Total non-interestexpenses

  6,382   6,179   3% 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  2,317   2,030   14% 

Provision for income taxes

  527   718   (27)% 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $1,790  $1,312   36% 

 

Financial Information and Statistical Data

 

$ in billions 

At

June 30,
        2018        

   At
December 31,
2017
 

Client assets

 $2,411   $2,373 

Fee-based client assets1

 $1,084   $1,045 

Fee-based client assets as a percentage of total client assets

  45%    44% 

Client liabilities2

 $82   $80 

Investment securities portfolio

 $59.7   $59.2 

Loans and lending commitments

 $80.7   $77.3 

Wealth Management representatives

  15,632    15,712 

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
 
        2018           2017     

Per representative:

    

Annualized revenues ($ in thousands)3

  $1,105   $1,052 

Client assets ($ in millions)4

  $154   $142 

Fee-based asset flows ($ in billions)5

  $15.3   $19.9 
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2018   2017 

Per representative:

    

Annualized revenues ($ in thousands)3

  $1,110   $1,041 

Client assets ($ in millions)4

  $154   $142 

Fee-based asset flows ($ in billions)5

  $33.5   $38.7 

 

1.

Fee-based client assets represent the amount of assets in client accounts where the basis of payment for services is a fee calculated on those assets.

2.

Client liabilities include securities-based and tailored lending, residential real estate loans and margin lending.

3.

Annualized revenues per representative equal Wealth Management’s annualized revenues divided by the average representative headcount.

4.

Client assets per representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end representative headcount.

5.

Fee-based asset flows include net newfee-based assets, net account transfers, dividends, interest and client fees and exclude institutional cash management-related activity.

 

 

  13  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Transactional Revenues

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
     
$ in millions  2018   2017   % Change 

Investment banking

  $114   $135    (16)% 

Trading

   135    207    (35)% 

Commissions and fees

   442    424    4% 

Total

  $691   $766    (10)% 

Transactional revenues as a % of Net revenues

   16%    18%   

 

   Six Months Ended
June 30,
     
$ in millions  2018   2017   % Change 

Investment banking

  $254   $280    (9)% 

Trading

   244    445    (45)% 

Commissions and fees

   940    864    9% 

Total

  $1,438   $1,589    (10)% 

Transactional revenues as a % of Net revenues

   17%    19%   

Net Revenues

Transactional Revenues

Transactional revenues of $691 million in the current quarter and $1,438 million in the current year period decreased 10% from the respective prior year periods primarily as a result of lower Trading and Investment banking revenues, partially offset by higher Commissions and fees.

 

 

Investment banking revenues decreased in the current quarter and current year period primarily due to lower revenues from equity and structured products issuances.

 

 

Trading revenues decreased in the current quarter and current year period primarily as a result of lower gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans and lower fixed income revenue driven by product mix.

 

 

Commissions and fees increased in the current quarter and current year period primarily as a result of increased client transactions in alternative products, and options and futures.

Asset Management

Asset management revenues of $2,514 million in the current quarter and $5,009 million in the current year period increased 9% and 12%, respectively, primarily due to the effect of market appreciation and net positive flows on the respective beginning of period fee-based client assets balances on which billings are generally based.

See “Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards” herein.

Net Interest

Net interest of $1,043 million in the current quarter and $2,112 million in the current year period increased 3% and 5%, respectively, primarily as a result of higher Loan balances. In the current quarter and current year period, the effect of higher interest rates on Loans and Investment securities was essentially offset by higher average interest rates on Deposits, due to changes in our deposit mix.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $3,168 million in the current quarter and $6,382 million in the current year period increased 2% and 3%, respectively, primarily as a result of higher Compensation and benefits expenses.

 

 

Compensation and benefits expenses increased in the current quarter and current year period primarily due to the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives linked to higher revenues and increases in salaries, partially offset by decreases in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

 

 

Non-compensation expenses were relatively unchanged in both the current quarter and current year period.

Income Tax Items

The effective tax rate in the current quarter and current year period is lower compared with the prior year periods primarily as a result of the enactment of the Tax Act. For a discussion of the Tax Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  14  


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Fee-Based Client Assets

For a description of fee-based client assets, including descriptions of the fee based client asset types and rollforward items in the following tables, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—WealthManagement—Fee-Based Client Assets” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards

 

$ in billions 

At

March 31,
2018

  Inflows  Outflows  Market
Impact
  

At

June 30,

2018

 

Separately managed1

 $260  $9  $(5)  $3  $267 

Unified managed

  254   12   (8)   1   259 

Mutual fund advisory

  20      (1)   1   20 

Advisor

  147   8   (8)   2   149 

Portfolio manager

  356   20   (12)   3   367 

Subtotal

 $1,037  $49  $(34)  $10  $1,062 

Cash management

  21   6   (5)       —   22 

Total fee-basedclient assets

 $1,058  $    55  $    (39)  $10  $    1,084 

 

$ in billions 

At

March 31,
2017

  Inflows  Outflows  Market
Impact
  

At

June 30,

2017

 

Separately managed1

 $230  $8  $(7)  $6  $237 

Unified managed

  217   13   (7)   5   228 

Mutual fund advisory

  21      (1)   1   21 

Advisor

  133   10   (8)   3   138 

Portfolio manager

  305   23   (11)   4   321 

Subtotal

 $906  $    54  $    (34)  $    19  $    945 

Cash management

  21   2   (6)      17 

Total fee-basedclient assets

 $927  $56  $(40)  $19  $962 
$ in billions 

At

December 31,
2017

  Inflows  Outflows  Market
Impact
  

At

June 30,

2018

 

Separately managed1

 $252  $18  $(10)  $7  $267 

Unified managed

  250   25   (16)      259 

Mutual fund advisory

  21   1   (2)      20 

Advisor

  149   16   (16)      149 

Portfolio manager

  353   39   (22)   (3)   367 

Subtotal

 $1,025  $    99  $(66)  $4  $1,062 

Cash management

  20   11   (9)       —   22 

Total fee-basedclient assets

 $1,045  $110  $    (75)  $4  $    1,084 

 

$ in billions 

At

December 31,
2016

  Inflows  Outflows  Market
Impact
  

At

June 30,

2017

 

Separately managed1

 $222  $16  $(11)  $10  $237 

Unified managed

  204   25   (15)   14   228 

Mutual fund advisory

  21   1   (3)   2   21 

Advisor

  125   19   (14)   8   138 

Portfolio manager

  285       42   (21)   15   321 

Subtotal

 $857  $103  $    (64)  $    49  $    945 

Cash management

  20   5   (8)      17 

Total fee-basedclient assets

 $877  $108  $(72)  $49  $962 

Average Fee Rates

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
Fee rate in bps     2018      2017          2018      2017     

Separately managed

  16   17   16   16 

Unified managed

  97   98   98   98 

Mutual fund advisory

  120   118   120   118 

Advisor

  84   84   85   85 

Portfolio manager

  96   96   96   97 

Subtotal

  77   77   76   76 

Cash management

  6   6   6   6 

Total fee-based client assets

  75   75   75   75 

 

1.

Includes non-custody account values reflecting prior quarter-end balances due to a lag in the reporting of asset values by third-party custodians.

 

 

  15  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Investment Management

Income Statement Information

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
    
$ in millions     2018          2017      % Change 

Revenues

   

Trading

 $16  $(3  N/M 

Investments

  55   125   (56)% 

Asset management

  610   539   13% 

Other

  3   4   (25)% 

Total non-interestrevenues

  684   665   3% 

Interest income

  17   1   N/M 

Interest expense

  10   1   N/M 

Net interest

  7      N/M 

Net revenues

  691   665   4% 

Compensation and benefits

  272   288   (6)% 

Non-compensationexpenses

  279   235   19% 

Total non-interestexpenses

  551   523   5% 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  140   142   (1)% 

Provision for income taxes

  36   41   (12)% 

Net income

  104   101   3% 

Net income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

     1   N/M 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $104  $100   4% 

 

  Six Months Ended
June 30,
    
$ in millions     2018          2017      % Change 

Revenues

   

Trading

 $21  $(14  N/M 

Investments

  132   223   (41)% 

Asset management

  1,236   1,056   17% 

Other

  13   8   63% 

Total non-interestrevenues

  1,402   1,273   10% 

Interest income

  18   2   N/M 

Interest expense

  11   1   N/M 

Net interest

  7   1   N/M 

Net revenues

  1,409   1,274   11% 

Compensation and benefits

  576   567   2% 

Non-compensationexpenses

  545   462   18% 

Total non-interestexpenses

  1,121   1,029   9% 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  288   245   18% 

Provision for income taxes

  55   71   (23)% 

Net income

  233   174   34% 

Net income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

  2   7   (71)% 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $231  $167   38% 

Net Revenues

Investments

Investments gains of $55 million in the current quarter and $132 million in the current year period compared with $125 million in the prior year quarter and $223 million in the prior year period, respectively. These decreases reflect the absence of realized investment gains in an infrastructure fund, as well as the reversal of previously accrued carried interest in certain Asia private equity funds, primarily due to losses associated with weakening Asia-Pacific currencies.

Asset Management

Asset management revenues of $610 million in the current quarter and $1,236 million in the current year period increased 13% and 17%, respectively, primarily as a result of higher average AUM across all asset classes. See “AUM Rollforwards” herein.

The adoption of the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers had the effect of increasing Asset management revenues due to the gross presentation of distribution fees. This increase (approximately $44 million in the current year period) was partially offset by the delayed recognition of certain performance fees not in the form of carried interest until they are no longer probable of reversing. For 2018, the recognition of a greater portion of these revenues is expected to occur in the fourth quarter based on current fee arrangements. See Notes 2 and 19 to the financial statements for further details.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $551 million in the current quarter and $1,121 million in the current year period increased 5% and 9%, respectively, primarily due to higher Non-compensation expenses.

 

 

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased in the current quarter due to decreases in deferred compensation associated with carried interest and the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced. Compensation and benefits expenses were relatively unchanged in the current year period.

 

 

Non-compensation expenses increased in the current quarter and current year period primarily as a result of the gross presentation of distribution fees due to the adoption of the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers along with higher fee sharing on increased AUM balances. See “Asset Management” above.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  16  


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Income Tax Items

The effective tax rate in the current quarter and current year period is lower compared with the prior year periods primarily as a result of the enactment of the Tax Act. For a discussion of the Tax Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

Assets Under Management or Supervision

For a description of the asset classes and rollforward items in the following tables, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Investment Management—Assets Under Management or Supervision” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

AUM Rollforwards

 

$ in billions 

At

March 31,
2018

  Inflows  Outflows  Market
Impact
  Other1  

At

June 30,

2018

 

Equity

 $109  $10  $(7 $3  $(1 $114 

Fixed income

  72   7   (7  (1  (2  69 

Alternative/Other

  131   6   (4  1   (2  132 

Long-term AUMsubtotal

  312   23   (18  3   (5  315 

Liquidity

  157   375   (373  1   (1  159 

Total AUM

 $469  $398  $(391 $4  $(6 $474 

Shares of minority stake assets

  7                   7 
$ in billions 

At

March 31,

2017

  Inflows  Outflows  Market
Impact
  Other1  

At

June 30,

2017

 

Equity

 $87  $6  $(5 $5  $1  $94 

Fixed income

  62   8   (6  1   1   66 

Alternative/Other

  119   6   (6  3   (1  121 

Long-term AUM subtotal

  268   20   (17  9   1   281 

Liquidity

  153   308   (308     1   154 

Total AUM

 $421  $328  $(325 $9  $2  $435 

Shares of minority stake assets

  7                   8 
$ in billions 

At

December 31,
2017

  Inflows  Outflows  Market
Impact
  Other1  

At

June 30,

2018

 

Equity

 $105  $20  $(14 $3  $  $114 

Fixed income

  73   14   (16  (1  (1  69 

Alternative/Other

  128   11   (9  1   1   132 

Long-term AUM subtotal

  306   45   (39  3      315 

Liquidity

  176   700   (717  1   (1  159 

Total AUM

 $482  $745  $(756 $4  $(1 $474 

Shares of minority stake assets

  7                   7 
$ in billions 

At

December 31,
2016

  Inflows  Outflows  Market
Impact
  Other1  

At

June 30,

2017

 

Equity

 $79  $11  $(10 $13  $1  $94 

Fixed income

  60   13   (11  2   2   66 

Alternative/Other

  115   13   (10  4   (1  121 

Long-term AUMsubtotal

  254   37   (31  19   2   281 

Liquidity

  163   636   (646     1   154 

Total AUM

 $417  $673  $(677 $19  $3  $435 

Shares of minority stake assets

  8                   8 

 

1.

Includes distributions and foreign currency impact for all periods and the impact of the Mesa West Capital, LLC acquisition in the current year period.

Average AUM

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
$ in billions  2018   2017   2018   2017 

Equity

  $111   $91   $110   $87 

Fixed income

   71    64    72    63 

Alternative/Other

   131    120    130    119 

Long-term AUM subtotal

   313    275    312    269 

Liquidity

   161    153    163    155 

Total AUM

  $474   $428   $475   $424 

Shares of minority stake assets

   7    8    7    8 

Average Fee Rate

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
Fee rate in bps  2018   2017   2018   2017 

Equity

   77    73    76    74 

Fixed income

   33    33    34    33 

Alternative/Other

   67    70    67    70 

Long-term AUM

   63    62    63    63 

Liquidity

   18    17    18    18 

Total AUM

   47    46    47    46 
 

 

  17  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures

Income Tax Matters

Effective Tax Rate from Continuing Operations

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
        2018           2017           2018           2017     

U.S. GAAP

   20.6%    32.0%    20.7%    30.5% 

Adjusted effective incometax rate—non-GAAP1

   23.4%    31.9%    22.1%    30.1% 

 

1.

Adjusted amounts exclude intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits). Income tax consequences associated with employee share-based awards are recognized in Provision for income taxes in the income statements but are excluded from the intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits) adjustment as we anticipate conversion activity each quarter. For further information on non-GAAP measures, see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

Adjusted amounts exclude an intermittent net discrete tax benefit of $88 million in the current quarter and current year period, primarily associated with new information pertaining to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations and other matters. Intermittent net discrete tax provisions were $4 million and $18 million in the prior year quarter and prior year period, respectively.

The effective tax rates include recurring-type discrete tax benefits associated with employee share-based payments of $17 million and $16 million in the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively. The effective tax rates include recurring-type discrete tax benefits associated with employee share-based payments of $164 million and $128 million in the current year period and prior year period, respectively.

The effective tax rate reflects our current assumptions, estimates and interpretations related to the Tax Act and other factors. The Tax Act, enacted on December 22, 2017, significantly revised U.S. corporate income tax law by, among other things, reducing the corporate income tax rate to 21%, and implementing a modified territorial tax system that includes a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries; imposes a minimum tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) and an alternative base erosion and anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) on U.S. corporations that make deductible payments to non-U.S. related persons in excess of specified amounts; and broadens the tax base by partially or wholly eliminating tax deductions for certain historically deductible expenses.

Our income tax estimates may change as additional clarification and implementation guidance continue to be received from the U.S. Treasury Department and as the interpretation of the Tax Act evolves over time. Taking into account continuing developments related to provisions of the Tax Act

such as the modified territorial tax system and GILTI, we expect our effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2018 to be approximately 22% to 25% (see “Forward-Looking Statements” in the 2017 Form 10-K).

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

Our U.S. bank subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley Bank N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”) (collectively, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”) accept deposit accounts, provide loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals, and invest in securities. The lending activities in the Institutional Securities business segment primarily include loans and lending commitments to corporate clients. The lending activities in the Wealth Management business segment primarily include: securities-based lending, which allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities; and residential real estate loans.

We expect our lending activities to continue to grow through further market penetration of the client base. For a further discussion of our credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk.” For further discussion about loans and lending commitments, see Notes 7 and 11 to the financial statements.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Supplemental Financial Information1

 

$ in billions  

At
    June 30,    

2018

   At
  December 31,  
2017
 

Assets

  $200.5   $185.3 

Investment securities portfolio:

    

Investment securities—AFS

   41.3    42.0 

Investment securities—HTM

   18.8    17.5 

Total investment securities

  $60.1   $59.5 

Deposits2

  $172.6   $159.1 

Wealth Management

 

Securities-based lending and other loans3

  $43.6   $41.2 

Residential real estate loans

   26.4    26.7 

Total

  $70.0   $67.9 

Institutional Securities

 

Corporate loans

  $26.7   $24.2 

Wholesale real estate loans

   14.5    12.2 

Total

  $41.2   $36.4 

 

1.

Amounts exclude transactions with the Parent Company and between the bank subsidiaries.

2.

For further information on deposits, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Unsecured Financing” herein.

3.

Other loans primarily include tailored lending.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  18  


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Accounting Development Updates

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued certain accounting updates that apply to us. Accounting updates not listed below were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

The following accounting updates are currently being evaluated to determine the potential impact of adoption:

 

Leases. This accounting update requires lessees to recognize in the balance sheet all leases with terms exceeding one year, which results in the recognition of a right of use asset and corresponding lease liability, including for those leases that we currently classify as operating leases. The accounting for leases where we are the lessor is largely unchanged.

 

  

The right of use asset and lease liability will initially be measured using the present value of the remaining rental payments. This change to the accounting for leases where we are lessee requires modifications to our lease accounting systems and determining the present value of the remaining rental payments. Key aspects of the latter include concluding upon the discount rate and determining whether to include non-lease components in rental payments. Currently, we plan to adopt this accounting update as of the effective date, January 1, 2019. Based upon our current population of leases, we expect the right of use asset and corresponding lease liability to be less than 1% of our total assets.

 

Financial Instruments–Credit Losses. This accounting update impacts the impairment model for certain financial assets measured at amortized cost by requiring a CECL methodology to estimate expected credit losses over the entire life of the financial asset, recorded at inception or purchase. CECL will replace the loss model currently applicable to loans held for investment, HTM securities and other receivables carried at amortized cost.

 

  

The update also eliminates the concept of other-than-temporary impairment for AFS securities. Impairments on AFS securities will be required to be recognized in earnings through an allowance, when the fair value is less than amortized cost and a credit loss exists or the securities are expected to be sold before recovery of amortized cost.

 

  

Under the update, there may be an ability to determine there are no expected credit losses in certain circumstances, e.g., based on collateral arrangements for lending and financing transactions or based on the credit quality of the borrower or issuer.

 

  

Overall, the amendments in this update are expected to accelerate the recognition of credit losses for portfolios

 

where the CECL models will be applied. This update is effective as of January 1, 2020 with early adoption permitted as of January 1, 2019.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the financial statements). We believe that of our significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K and Note 2 to the financial statements), the fair value, goodwill and intangible assets, legal and regulatory contingencies and income taxes policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. For a further discussion about our critical accounting policies, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Senior management, with oversight by the Asset and Liability Management Committee and the Board of Directors (“Board”), establishes and maintains our liquidity and capital policies. Through various risk and control committees, senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity, interest rate and currency sensitivity of our asset and liability position. The Treasury department, Firm Risk Committee, Asset and Liability Management Committee, and other committees and control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that our business activities have on our balance sheet, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board and the Risk Committee of the Board.

Balance Sheet

We monitor and evaluate the composition and size of our balance sheet on a regular basis. Our balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business-specific thresholds, monitoring of business-specific usage versus key performance metrics and new business impact assessments.

We establish balance sheet thresholds at the consolidated and business segment levels. We monitor balance sheet utilization and review variances resulting from business activity or market fluctuations. On a regular basis, we review current performance versus established thresholds and assess the need to re-allocate our balance sheet based on business unit needs. We also monitor key metrics, including asset and liability size and capital usage.

 

 

  19  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Total Assets by Business Segment

 

  At June 30, 2018 
$ in millions IS  WM  IM  Total 

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents1

 $66,624  $14,891  $74  $81,589 

Trading assets at fair value

  262,743   78   3,617   266,438 

Investment securities

  22,204   59,744      81,948 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  79,509   14,419      93,928 

Securities borrowed

  153,062   186      153,248 

Customer and other receivables

  43,664   17,467   583   61,714 

Loans, net of allowance2

  42,071   70,037   5   112,113 

Other assets3

  14,011   9,227   1,659   24,897 

Total assets

 $  683,888  $  186,049  $  5,938  $  875,875 
  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions IS  WM  IM  Total 

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents1

 $63,597  $16,733  $65  $80,395 

Trading assets at fair value

  295,678   59   2,545   298,282 

Investment securities

  19,556   59,246      78,802 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  74,732   9,526      84,258 

Securities borrowed

  123,776   234      124,010 

Customer and other receivables

  36,803   18,763   621   56,187 

Loans, net of allowance2

  36,269   67,852   5   104,126 

Other assets3

  14,563   9,596   1,514   25,673 

Total assets

 $664,974  $182,009  $4,750  $851,733 

IS—Institutional Securities

WM—Wealth Management

IM—Investment Management

1.

Cash and cash equivalents includes Cash and due from banks, Interest bearing deposits with banks and Restricted cash.

2.

Amounts include loans held for investment (net of allowance) and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheets (see Note 7 to the financial statements).

3.

Other assets primarily includes Goodwill, Intangible assets, premises, equipment, software, other investments, and deferred tax assets.

A substantial portion of total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities in the Institutional Securities business segment. Total assets increased to $875.9 billion at June 30, 2018 from $851.7 billion at December 31, 2017, primarily driven by increases to support client activity in Securities borrowed in the Institutional Securities business segment and Loans across all segments. Trading assets within the Institutional Securities business segment declined due to reductions in Equities inventory to support increased demand and changes in client positioning. The decrease in Trading assets resulted in greater liquidity, as reflected by increases in GLR-eligible Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Investment securities and Cash and cash equivalents. For further information regarding our GLR, see “Global Liquidity Reserve” herein.

Collateralized Financing Transactions

 

$ in millions  At
June 30,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

  $          247,176   $          208,268 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

  $63,370   $70,016 

Securities received as collateral1

  $8,209   $13,749 
   

Average Daily Balance

Three Months Ended

 
$ in millions  

June 30,

2018

   December 31,
2017
 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

  $227,527   $214,343 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

  $64,404   $66,879 

 

1.

Included in Trading assets in the balance sheets.

See Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K and Note 6 to the financial statements for more details on collateralized financing transactions.

In addition to the collateralized financing transactions shown in the previous table, we also engage in financing transactions collateralized by customer-owned securities, which are segregated in accordance with regulatory requirements. Receivables under these financing transactions, primarily margin loans, are included in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets, and payables under these financing transactions, primarily to prime brokerage customers, are included in Customer and other payables in the balance sheets. Our risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit our credit exposure to customers and liquidity reserves held against this risk exposure.

Liquidity Risk Management Framework

The primary goal of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework is to ensure that we have access to adequate funding across a wide range of market conditions and time horizons. The framework is designed to enable us to fulfill our financial obligations and support the execution of our business strategies.

The core components of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework are the Required Liquidity Framework, Liquidity Stress Tests and the GLR, which support our target liquidity profile. For further discussion about the Firm’s Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  20  


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we maintained sufficient liquidity to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

Global Liquidity Reserve

We maintain sufficient global liquidity reserves pursuant to our Required Liquidity Framework. For further discussion of our GLR, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

GLR by Type of Investment

 

$ in millions  At
June 30,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Cash deposits with banks1

  $10,345   $7,167 

Cash deposits with central banks1

   33,948    33,791 

Unencumbered highly liquid securities:

    

U.S. government obligations

   88,979    73,422 

U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities

   59,143    55,750 

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations2

   31,157    19,424 

Other investment grade securities

   2,750    3,106 

Total

  $        226,322   $        192,660 

 

1.

Primarily included in Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks in the balance sheets.

2.

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations are primarily composed of unencumbered Japanese, U.K., German, Brazilian and French government obligations.

GLR Managed by Bank and Non-BankLegal Entities

 

  

At
June 30,

2018

  

At
December 31,

2017

  Average Daily
Balance
Three Months Ended
 
$ in millions June 30, 2018 

Bank legal entities

            

Domestic

 $76,667  $70,364  $70,962 

Foreign

  4,365   4,756   4,144 

Total Bank legal entities

  81,032   75,120   75,106 

Non-Bank legal entities

 

  

Domestic:

   

Parent Company

  63,401   41,642   55,887 

Non-Parent Company

  31,652   35,264   32,307 

Total Domestic

  95,053   76,906   88,194 

Foreign

  50,237   40,634   50,650 

Total Non-Bank legal entities

  145,290   117,540   138,844 

Total

 $    226,322  $    192,660  $    213,950 

Regulatory Liquidity Framework

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

We and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are subject to the LCR requirements including a requirement to calculate each entity’s LCR on each business day. The requirements are designed to ensure that banking organizations have sufficient HQLA to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days, thus promoting the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banking organizations. Based on our daily calculations, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are compliant with the minimum required LCR of 100%.

The Firm’s calculations are based on our current understanding of the LCR and other factors, which may be subject to change as we receive additional clarification and implementation guidance from regulators relating to the LCR, and as the interpretation of the LCR evolves over time.

HQLA by Type of Asset and LCR

 

   Average Daily Balance
Three Months Ended
 
$ in millions      June 30, 2018         March 31, 2018 

HQLA

    

Cash deposits with central banks

  $38,456   $33,350 

Securities1

   128,268    125,015 

Total

  $166,724   $158,365 

LCR

   128%    121% 

 

1.

Primarily includes U.S. Treasuries; U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities; sovereign bonds; investment grade corporate bonds; and publicly traded common equities.

The increase in the LCR in the current quarter is due to increased HQLA resulting from changes in the composition of assets within the Institutional Securities business segment.

The regulatory definition of HQLA is substantially the same as our GLR. GLR includes cash placed at institutions other than central banks that is considered an inflow for LCR purposes. HQLA includes a portion of cash placed at central banks, certain unencumbered investment grade corporate bonds and publicly traded common equities, which do not meet the definition of our GLR.

Net Stable Funding Ratio

The objective of the NSFR is to reduce funding risk over a one-year horizon by requiring banking organizations to fund their activities with sufficiently stable sources of funding in order to mitigate the risk of future funding stress.

 

 

  21  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”) has previously finalized the NSFR framework. In May 2016, the U.S. banking agencies issued a proposal to implement the NSFR in the U.S., which would apply to us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. Our preliminary estimates, based on the current proposal, indicate that actions will be necessary to meet the requirement, which we would expect to accomplish by the effective date of any final rule. Our preliminary estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results based on the final rule to differ materially from estimates. For an additional discussion of the NSFR, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Liquidity Framework—Net Stable Funding Ratio” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Funding Management

We manage our funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to our operations. We pursue a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, investor and region) and attempt to ensure that the tenor of our liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed.

We fund our balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include our equity capital, borrowings, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities lending, deposits, letters of credit and lines of credit. We have active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.

Secured Financing

For a discussion of our secured financing activities, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Secured Financing” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the weighted average maturity of our secured financing of less liquid assets was greater than 120 days.

Unsecured Financing

For a discussion of our unsecured financing activities, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Unsecured Financing” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Deposits

 

$ in millions 

At

June 30,
2018

  At
December 31,
2017
 

Savings and demand deposits:

  

Brokerage sweep deposits1

 $130,698  $135,946 

Savings and other

  9,038   8,541 

Total Savings and demand deposits

  139,736   144,487 

Time deposits2

  33,066   14,949 

Total

 $        172,802  $        159,436 

 

1.

Represents balances swept from client brokerage accounts.

2.

Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3 to the financial statements).

Deposits are primarily sourced from our Wealth Management clients and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics. Total deposits at June 30, 2018 increased compared with December 31, 2017, primarily driven by increases in Time deposits and Savings and other deposits, partially offset by a reduction in Brokerage sweep deposits due to client deployment of cash into investments and typical seasonal client tax payments. In the current quarter we initiated a redesign of our Brokerage sweep deposit program, resulting in approximately $10 billion in incremental deposits in higher balance accounts, which partially offset the reductions noted since December 31, 2017. As we make additional adjustments in the third quarter of 2018, we anticipate a similar amount of incremental deposits.

Borrowings

We believe that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of borrowings with original maturities greater than one year allows us to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments. Borrowings with original maturities greater than one year are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types.

The availability and cost of financing to us can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, our credit ratings and the overall availability of credit. We also engage in, and may continue to engage in, repurchases of our borrowings in the ordinary course of business.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  22  


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Borrowings by Remaining Maturity at June 30, 20181

 

$ in millions  Parent
Company
   Subsidiaries   Total 

Original maturities of one year or less

  $   $2,329   $2,329 

Original maturities greater than one year

 

  

2018

  $3,652   $2,436   $6,088 

2019

   21,497    4,095    25,592 

2020

   18,781    2,400    21,181 

2021

   21,294    2,984    24,278 

2022

   14,969    1,874    16,843 

Thereafter

   80,964    14,969    95,933 

Total

  $161,157   $28,758   $189,915 

Total Borrowings

  $      161,157   $      31,087   $      192,244 

Maturities over next 12 months2

 

  $17,330 

 

1.

Original maturity in the table is generally based on contractual final maturity. For borrowings with put options, remaining maturity represents the earliest put date.

2.

Includes only borrowings with original maturities greater than one year.

Borrowings of $192,244 million as of June 30, 2018 remained relatively unchanged compared with $192,582 million at December 31, 2017.

For further information on Borrowings, see Note 10 to the financial statements.

Credit Ratings

We rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our daily operations. The cost and availability of financing generally are impacted by our credit ratings, among other things. In addition, our credit ratings can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. When determining credit ratings, rating agencies consider company-specific factors, other industry factors such as regulatory or legislative changes, and the macroeconomic environment, among other things.

Our credit ratings do not include any uplift from perceived government support from any rating agency given the significant progress of U.S. financial reform legislation and regulations. Some rating agencies have stated that they currently incorporate various degrees of credit rating uplift from non-governmental third-party sources of potential support.

Parent Company and MSBNA Senior Unsecured Ratings at July 31, 2018

 

  Parent Company 
   Short-Term
Debt
 Long-Term
Debt
 Rating
Outlook
 

DBRS, Inc.

 R-1 (middle) A (high)  Stable 

Fitch Ratings, Inc.

 F1 A  Stable 

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 P-2 A3  Stable 

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.

 a-1 A-  Stable 

S&P Global Ratings

 A-2 BBB+  Stable 
  MSBNA 
   Short-Term
Debt
 Long-Term
Debt
 Rating
Outlook
 

Fitch Ratings, Inc.

 F1 A+  Stable 

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 P-1 A1  Stable 

S&P Global Ratings

 A-1 A+  Stable 

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements where we are a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral, immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether we are in a net asset or net liability position.

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract andcan be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and S&P Global Ratings. The following table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios, from the lowest of Moody’s ratings or S&P Global Ratings, based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.

Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments upon Potential Future Rating Downgrade

 

$ in millions  

At

June 30,
2018

   At
December 31,
2017
 

One-notch downgrade

  $                828   $822 

Two-notch downgrade

   596    596 

While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it would have on our business and results of operations in future periods is inherently uncertain and would depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among others, the magnitude of the downgrade, the rating relative to peers, the

 

 

  23  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

rating assigned by the relevant agency pre-downgrade, individual client behavior and future mitigating actions we might take. The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is included in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

Capital Management

We view capital as an important source of financial strength and actively manage our consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract our capital base to address the changing needs of our businesses. We attempt to maintain total capital, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of our operating subsidiaries’ required equity.

Common Stock

 

  

Three Months

Ended June 30,

  

Six Months

Ended June 30,

 

$ in millions

  2018   2017   2018   2017 

Repurchases of common stock under our share repurchase program

 $    1,250  $500  $    2,500  $1,250 

From time to time we repurchase our outstanding common stock, including as part of our share repurchase program. On April 18, 2018, we entered into a sales plan with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) whereby MUFG sells shares of the Firm’s common stock to us, as part of our share repurchase program. The sales plan, which began to be executed in the current quarter, is only intended to maintain MUFG’s ownership percentage below 24.9% in order to comply with MUFG’s passivity commitments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) and will have no impact on the strategic alliance between MUFG and us, including the joint ventures in Japan. For a description of our share repurchase program, see “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.”

For a description of our capital plan, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans and Stress Tests.”

Common Stock Dividend Announcement

 

Announcement date

  July 18, 2018

Amount per share

  $0.30

Date to be paid

  August 15, 2018

Shareholders of record as of

  July 31, 2018

Preferred Stock

Preferred Stock Dividend Announcement

 

Announcement date

  June 15, 2018

Date paid

  July 16, 2018

Shareholders of record as of

  June 29, 2018

For additional information on common and preferred stock, see Note 14 to the financial statements.

Regulatory Requirements

Regulatory Capital Framework

We are a financial holding company (“FHC”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”), and are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for us, including “well-capitalized” standards, and evaluates our compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. For us to remain an FHC, we must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the Federal Reserve and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the OCC. For additional information on regulatory capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, see Note 13 to the financial statements.

Regulatory capital requirements established by the Federal Reserve are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”).

Regulatory Capital Requirements

We are required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage-based capital ratios under the regulatory capital requirements. For more information on our regulatory capital requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Capital Requirements” in the 2017 Form10-K.

Risk-based Regulatory Capital.    Minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital). Certain adjustments to and deductions from capital are required for purposes of determining these ratios, such as goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, other amounts in AOCI and investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  24  


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, by 2019 we will be subject to the following buffers:

 

 

A greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer;

 

 

The Common Equity Tier 1 G-SIB capital surcharge, currently at 3%; and

 

 

Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB, currently set by U.S. banking agencies at zero.

In 2017 and 2018, each of the buffers is 50% and 75%, respectively, of the 2019 requirement noted above. Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. For a further discussion of the G-SIB capital surcharge, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—RegulatoryRequirements—G-SIB Capital Surcharge” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Our risk-based capital ratios for purposes of determining regulatory compliance are the lower of the capital ratios computed under (i) the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWA (“Standardized Approach”) and (ii) the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWA (“Advanced Approach”). At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, our ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules.

Effective January 1, 2019, Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital requirements, inclusive of buffers, will increase to 10.0%, 11.5%, and 13.5%, respectively.

See “Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” herein for additional capital requirements effective January 1, 2019.

Leverage-based Regulatory Capital. Minimum leverage-based capital requirements include a Tier 1 leverage ratio and an SLR. The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018. We are required to maintain a Tier 1 SLR of 3% as well as an enhanced SLR capital buffer of at least 2% (for a total of at least 5%) in order to avoid potential limitations on capital distributions, including dividends and stock repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers.

Regulatory Capital Ratios

 

   At June 30, 2018 
       Fully Phased-In 
$ in millions  Required
Ratio
   Standardized   Advanced 

Risk-based capital

      

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

       $61,352   $61,352 

Tier 1 capital

        70,017    70,017 

Total capital

        79,681    79,425 

Total RWA

        387,414    369,383 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

ratio

   8.6%    15.8%    16.6% 

Tier 1 capital ratio

   10.1%    18.1%    19.0% 

Total capital ratio

   12.1%    20.6%    21.5% 

Leverage-based capital

      

Adjusted average assets1

       $      852,726    N/A 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

   4.0%    8.2%    N/A 

Supplementary leverage exposure2

        N/A    1,096,953 

SLR

   5.0%    N/A    6.4% 

 

  At December 31, 2017 
     Transitional3  Pro Forma Fully
Phased-In
 
$ in millions Required
Ratio
  Standardized  Advanced  Standardized  Advanced 

Risk-based capital

     

Common Equity

     

Tier 1 capital

     $61,134  $61,134  $60,564  $60,564 

Tier 1 capital

      69,938   69,938   69,120   69,120 

Total capital

      80,275   80,046   79,470   79,240 

Total RWA

      369,578   350,212   377,241   358,324 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

  7.3%   16.5%   17.5%   16.1%   16.9% 

Tier 1 capital ratio

  8.8%   18.9%   20.0%   18.3%   19.3% 

Total capital ratio

  10.8%   21.7%   22.9%   21.1%   22.1% 

Leverage-based capital

 

   

Adjusted average assets1

     $  842,270   N/A  $  841,756   N/A 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

  4.0%   8.3%   N/A   8.2%   N/A 

Supplementary leverage exposure2

      N/A   1,082,683   N/A   1,082,170 

Pro forma SLR

  5.0%   N/A   6.5%   N/A   6.4% 

 

1.

Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the current quarter and the quarter ended December 31, 2017, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other capital deductions.

2.

Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily (i) potential future exposure for derivative exposures, gross-up for cash collateral netting where qualifying criteria are not met, and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.

3.

Regulatory compliance was determined based on capital ratios calculated under transitional rules until December 31, 2017.

At December 31, 2017, the pro forma fully phased-inestimated amounts and the pro forma estimated SLR utilized fully phased-in Tier 1 capital, including the fully phased-in Tier 1 capital deductions that applied beginning January 1, 2018. These pro forma fully phased-in estimates were

 

 

  25  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

non-GAAP financial measures as the related capital rules were not yet effective at December 31, 2017. These estimates were based on our understanding of the capital rules and other factors at the time.

Regulatory compliance was determined based on capital ratios including regulatory capital and RWA calculated under the transitional rules until December 31, 2017. The regulatory capital analyses in the following tables are presented using pro forma fully phased-in estimates as of December 31, 2017, which are equivalent to amounts calculated as of June 30, 2018.

Fully Phased-In Regulatory Capital

 

$ in millions 

At

June 30, 2018

  

At

December 31, 20171

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  

Common stock and surplus

 $11,824  $14,354 

Retained earnings

  61,835   57,577 

AOCI

  (3,070  (3,060

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

  

Net goodwill

  (6,682  (6,599

Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

  (2,329  (2,446

Other adjustments and deductions2

  (226  738 

Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 $61,352  $60,564 

Additional Tier 1 capital

  

Preferred stock

 $8,520  $8,520 

Noncontrolling interests

  501   415 

Other adjustments and deductions

  (1  (23

Additional Tier 1 capital

 $9,020  $8,912 

Deduction for investments in covered funds

  (355  (356

Total Tier 1 capital

 $70,017  $69,120 

Standardized Tier 2 capital

  

Subordinated debt

 $9,141  $9,839 

Noncontrolling interests

  118   98 

Eligible allowance for credit losses

  444   423 

Other adjustments and deductions

  (39  (10

Total Standardized Tier 2 capital

 $9,664  $10,350 

Total Standardized capital

 $79,681  $79,470 

Advanced Tier 2 capital

  

Subordinated debt

 $9,141  $9,839 

Noncontrolling interests

  118   98 

Eligible credit reserves

  188   193 

Other adjustments and deductions

  (39  (10

Total Advanced Tier 2 capital

 $9,408  $10,120 

Total Advanced capital

 $79,425  $79,240 

Fully Phased-In Regulatory Capital Rollforward

 

$ in millions Six Months Ended
June 30, 2018
 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital at December 31, 20171

 $60,564 

Change related to the following items:

 

Value of shareholders’ common equity

  1,718 

Net goodwill

  (83

Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

  117 

Other adjustments and deductions2

  (964

Common Equity Tier 1 capital at June 30, 2018

 $61,352 

Additional Tier 1 capital

 

Additional Tier 1 capital at December 31, 20171

 $8,912 

Change related to the following items:

 

Noncontrolling interests

  86 

Other adjustments and deductions

  22 

Additional Tier 1 capital at June 30, 2018

  9,020 

Deduction for investments in covered funds at December 31, 20171

  (356

Change in deduction for investments in covered funds

  1 

Deduction for investments in covered funds at June 30, 2018

  (355

Tier 1 capital at June 30, 2018

 $70,017 

Standardized Tier 2 capital

 

Tier 2 capital at December 31, 20171

 $10,350 

Change related to the following items:

 

Eligible allowance for credit losses

  21 

Other changes, adjustments and deductions3

  (707

Standardized Tier 2 capital at June 30, 2018

 $9,664 

Total Standardized capital at June 30, 2018

 $79,681 

Advanced Tier 2 capital

 

Tier 2 capital at December 31, 20171

 $10,120 

Change related to the following items:

 

Eligible credit reserves

  (5

Other changes, adjustments and deductions3

  (707

Advanced Tier 2 capital at June 30, 2018

 $9,408 

Total Advanced capital at June 30, 2018

 $79,425 

 

1.

The pro forma fully phased-in estimates as of December 31, 2017 are non-GAAP financial measures as the related capital rules were not yet effective at December 31, 2017.

2.

Other adjustments and deductions used in the calculation of Common Equity Tier 1 capital include credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities, net deferred tax assets, net after-tax DVA and adjustments related to AOCI.

3.

Other changes, adjustments and deductions used in the calculations of Standardized and Advanced Tier 2 capital include changes in subordinated debt and noncontrolling interests.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  26  


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Fully Phased-In RWA Rollforward

 

   Six Months Ended
June 30, 2018
1
 
$ in millions  Standardized   Advanced 

Credit risk RWA

    

Balance at December 31, 20172

  $301,946   $170,754 

Change related to the following items:

    

Derivatives

   (1,584   2,153 

Securities financing transactions

   2,558    1,120 

Securitizations

   (599   (2,103

Investment securities

   (435   384 

Commitments, guarantees and loans

   16,870    19,132 

Cash

   783    420 

Equity investments

   1,824    1,933 

Other credit risk3

   685    901 

Total change in credit risk RWA

  $20,102   $23,940 

Balance at June 30, 2018

  $322,048   $194,694 

Market risk RWA

    

Balance at December 31, 20172

  $75,295   $74,907 

Change related to the following items:

    

Regulatory VaR

   435    435 

Regulatory stressed VaR

   (2,634   (2,634

Incremental risk charge

   1,986    1,986 

Comprehensive risk measure

   (2,035   (1,752

Specific risk:

          

Non-securitizations

   (3,018   (3,018

Securitizations

   (4,663   (4,663

Total change in market risk RWA

  $(9,929  $(9,646

Balance at June 30, 2018

  $65,366   $65,261 

Operational risk RWA

    

Balance at December 31, 20172

  $N/A   $112,663 

Change in operational risk RWA

   N/A    (3,235

Balance at June 30, 2018

  $N/A   $109,428 

Total RWA

  $387,414   $    369,383 

Regulatory VaR—VaR for regulatory capital requirements

1.

The RWA for each category in the table reflects both on- and off-balance sheet exposures, where appropriate.

2.

The pro forma fully phased-in estimates as of December 31, 2017 are non-GAAP financial measures as the related capital rules were not yet effective at December 31, 2017.

3.

Amount reflects assets not in a defined category, non-material portfolios of exposures and unsettled transactions, as applicable.

Credit risk RWA increased in the current year period under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches primarily due to increased exposures in corporate lending within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Market risk RWA decreased in the current year period under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches primarily due to decreases in both securitization and non-securitization standardized specific risk charges driven by reduced exposures in residential mortgage-backed securities and equity derivatives, respectively.

The decrease in operational risk RWA under the Advanced Approach in the current year period reflects a continued reduction in the frequency and magnitude of internal losses related to transactional execution and litigation utilized in the operational risk capital model.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements

On December 15, 2016, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule for top-tier BHCs of U.S. G-SIB (“covered BHC”), including the Parent Company, that establishes external TLAC, long-term debt (“LTD”) and clean holding company requirements. The final rule contains various definitions and restrictions, such as requiring eligible LTD to be issued by the covered BHC and be unsecured, have a maturity of one year or more from the date of issuance and not have certain derivative-linked features typically associated with certain types of structured notes. We expect to be in compliance with all requirements of the rule by January 1, 2019, the date that compliance is required.

The Federal Reserve’s proposed modifications to the enhanced SLR would also make corresponding changes to the calibration of the TLAC leverage-based requirements, as well as certain other technical changes to the TLAC rule. For a further discussion of the enhanced SLR, see “Regulatory Developments—Proposed Modifications to the Enhanced SLR and to the SLR Applicable to Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries” herein.

For a further discussion of TLAC and LTD requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” in the 2017 Form 10-K. For discussions about the interaction between the SPOE resolution strategy and the TLAC and LTD requirements, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Capital Plans and Stress Tests

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large BHCs, including us, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual CCAR framework.

We submitted our 2018 Capital Plan (“Capital Plan”) and company-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve on April 5, 2018. On June 21, 2018, the Federal Reserve published summary results of the Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress tests of each large BHC, including us.

 

 

  27  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

On June 28, 2018, the Federal Reserve published summary results of CCAR and we received a conditional non-objection to our Capital Plan, where the only condition was that our capital distributions not exceed the greater of the actual distributions we made over the previous four calendar quarters or the annualized average of actual distributions over the previous eight calendar quarters. Our 2018 Capital Plan includes the repurchase of up to $4.7 billion of outstanding common stock for the period beginning July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2019, and an increase in our quarterly common stock dividend to $0.30 per share from the current $0.25 per share, beginning with the common stock dividend announced on July 18, 2018. The total amount of expected 2018 capital distributions is consistent with the $6.8 billion of actual dividends and gross share repurchases included in our 2017 Capital Plan. We disclosed a summary of the results of our company-run stress tests on June 21, 2018 on our Investor Relations website. In addition, we must submit the results ofour mid-cycle company-run stress test to the Federal Reserve by October 5, 2018 and disclose a summary of the results between October 5, 2018 and November 4, 2018.

The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”), which was enacted on May 24, 2018, modifies certain aspects of the stress-testing process applicable to BHCs, including us. The Federal Reserve has not yet taken actions to modify its stress-testing rules applicable to us in response to EGRRCPA, which becomes effective, in relevant part, in November 2019.

Each of our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries is also currently required to conduct an annual stress test. MSBNA and MSPBNA submitted their 2018 annual company-run stress tests to the OCC on April 5, 2018 and published a summary of their stress test results on June 21, 2018.

EGRRCPA also eliminates the statutory requirement for banks with less than $250 billion of total assets, which includes both of our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, to conduct stress-testing, effective November 2019. The OCC provided guidance in July 2018 that MSPBNA, as a national bank with less than $100 billion of total consolidated assets, would be immediately exempted from company-run stress-testing requirements.

For a further discussion of our capital plans and stress tests, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans and Stress Tests” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework

Our required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital framework, an internal capital

adequacy measure. Common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated under the Required Capital framework, as well as each business segment’s relative contribution to our total Required Capital.

The Required Capital framework is a risk-based and leverage use-of-capital measure, which is compared with our regulatory capital to ensure that we maintain an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from stress events, where applicable, at a point in time. We define the difference between our total average common equity and the sum of the average common equity amounts allocated to our business segments as Parent Company common equity. We generally hold Parent Company common equity for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.

The estimation and attribution of common equity to the business segments are based on the fully phased-in regulatory capital rules. The amount of capital allocated to the business segments is generally set at the beginning of each year and remains fixed throughout the year until the next annual reset unless a significant business change occurs (e.g., acquisition or disposition). Differences between available and Required Capital are attributed to Parent Company common equity during the year.

The Required Capital framework is expected to evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment, for example, to incorporate changes in stress testing or enhancements to modeling techniques. We will continue to evaluate the framework with respect to the impact of future regulatory requirements, as appropriate.

Average Common Equity Attribution1

 

  

Three Months Ended

June 30,

  

Six Months Ended

June 30,

 
$ in billions 2018  2017  2018  2017 

Institutional Securities

 $40.8  $40.2  $40.8  $40.2 

Wealth Management

  16.8   17.2   16.8   17.2 

Investment Management

  2.6   2.4   2.6   2.4 

Parent Company

  9.7   10.1   9.2   9.7 

Total

 $        69.9  $        69.9  $        69.4  $        69.5 

 

1.

Average common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

Resolution and Recovery Planning

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to periodically submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  28  


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

Our preferred resolution strategy, which is set out in our 2017 resolution plan, is an SPOE strategy. The Parent Company has amended and restated its support agreement with its material entities, as defined in our 2017 resolution plan. Under the secured amended and restated support agreement, upon the occurrence of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute or loan on a subordinated basis all of its contributable material assets, other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain intercompany receivables, to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to our material entities.

The obligations of the Parent Company under the secured amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company). As a result, claims of our material entities against the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company) are effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Parent Company.

In addition, on July 1, 2018, MSBNA and MSPBNA each submitted to the FDIC a resolution plan that describes its strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution in the event of its material financial distress or failure.

For more information about resolution and recovery planning requirements and our activities in these areas, including the implications of such activities in a resolution scenario, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Regulatory Developments

Single-Counterparty Credit Limits

On June 14, 2018, the Federal Reserve finalized rules that establish single-counterparty credit limits (“SCCL”) for large banking organizations. U.S. G-SIBs, including us, are subject to a limit of 15% of Tier 1 capital for aggregate net credit exposures to any “major counterparty” (defined to include other U.S. G-SIBs, foreign G-SIBs, and nonbank systemically important financial institutions supervised by the Federal Reserve). In addition, we are subject to a limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital for aggregate net credit exposures to any other unaffiliated counterparty. We must comply with the final SCCL rules beginning on January 1, 2020.

Volcker Rule

The Volcker Rule prohibits “banking entities,” including us and our affiliates, from engaging in certain “proprietary trading” activities, as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to

exemptions for underwriting, market-making activities, risk-mitigating hedging and certain other activities. The Volcker Rule also prohibits certain investments and relationships by banking entities with “covered funds,” with a number of exemptions and exclusions.

On June 5, 2018, the Federal Reserve and the other federal financial regulatory agencies responsible for the Volcker Rule’s implementing regulations released an interagency proposal that would revise certain elements of the Volcker Rule regulations. The proposed changes focus on proprietary trading, including the metrics reporting requirements and certain requirements imposed in connection with permitted market making, underwriting and risk-mitigating hedging activities, including market-making in and underwriting of covered funds. The impact of this proposal on us will not be known with certainty until final rules are issued. For more information about the Volcker Rule, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements

On April 10, 2018, the Federal Reserve issued a proposal to integrate its annual capital planning and stress testing requirements with certain ongoing regulatory capital requirements. The proposal, which would apply to certain BHCs, including us, would introduce a stress capital buffer and a stress leverage buffer (collectively, “Stress Buffer Requirements”) and related changes to the capital planning and stress testing processes. Under the proposal, Stress Buffer Requirements would apply only with respect to the Standardized Approach and Tier 1 leverage regulatory capital requirements and would generally be effective on October 1, 2019.

In the Standardized Approach, the stress capital buffer would replace the existing Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer, which will be 2.5% as of January 1, 2019. The Standardized Approach stress capital buffer would equal the greater of (i) the maximum decline in our Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio under the severely adverse scenario over the supervisory stress test measurement period, plus the sum of the ratios of the dollar amount of our planned common stock dividends to our projected RWA for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the supervisory stress test projection period, and (ii) 2.5%. Regulatory capital requirements under the Standardized Approach would include the stress capital buffer, as summarized above, as well as our Common Equity Tier 1G-SIB capital surcharge and any applicable Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB.

Like the stress capital buffer, the stress leverage buffer would be calculated based on the results of our annual supervisory stress tests. The stress leverage buffer would equal the maximum decline in our Tier 1 leverage ratio under the severely adverse scenario, plus the sum of the ratios of the

 

 

  29  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

dollar amount of our planned common stock dividends to our projected leverage ratio denominator for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the supervisory stress test projection period. No floor would be established for the stress leverage buffer, which would apply in addition to the current minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%.

The proposal would make related changes to capital planning and stress testing processes for BHCs subject to the Stress Buffer Requirements. In particular, the proposal would limit projected capital actions to planned common stock dividends in the fourth through seventh quarters of the supervisory stress test projection period and would assume that BHCs maintain a constant level of assets and RWA throughout the supervisory stress test projection period.

The proposal does not change regulatory capital requirements under the Advanced Approach or the SLR, although the Federal Reserve and the OCC have separately proposed to modify the enhanced SLR requirements, as summarized below. If the proposal is adopted in its current form, limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers would be determined by the most stringent limitation, if any, as determined under the Standardized Approach or the Tier 1 leverage ratio, inclusive of Stress Buffer Requirements, or the Advanced Approach or SLR or TLAC requirements, inclusive of applicable buffers.

Proposed Modifications to the Enhanced SLR and to the SLR Applicable to Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

On April 11, 2018, the Federal Reserve proposed modifications to the enhanced SLR that would replace the current 2% enhanced SLR buffer applicable to U.S. G-SIBs, including us, with a leverage buffer equal to 50% of our Common Equity Tier 1G-SIB capital surcharge, which is currently 3%. Under the proposal, our enhanced SLR buffer would become 1.5%, for a total enhanced SLR requirement of 4.5%, assuming that ourG-SIB capital surcharge remains the same when the proposal becomes effective, which may be as early as 2018 under the proposal.

As part of the same proposal, the Federal Reserve and the OCC also proposed to align the well-capitalized SLR standard applicable to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries with the proposed enhanced SLR buffer applicable to us. Under the proposal, the well-capitalized SLR requirement for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries would change from the current 6% to 3% plus 50% of our current Common Equity Tier 1 G-SIB capital surcharge, for a total well-capitalized SLR requirement of 4.5%, assuming that our G-SIB capital surcharge remains the same when the proposal becomes effective.

Proposed Regulatory Capital Adjustments Related to Implementation of the Current Expected Credit Losses Methodology

On April 17, 2018, the U.S. banking agencies issued a proposal to revise the regulatory capital framework applicable to banking organizations, including us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, to address the new accounting standard for credit losses, known as a CECL methodology. For a further discussion of CECL, see “Accounting Development Updates—Financial Instruments—Credit Losses” herein.

The proposal modifies the regulatory capital rules to identify which credit loss allowances under the new accounting standard are eligible for inclusion in regulatory capital and to provide banking organizations the option to phase in, over a three-year period, the adverse effects on regulatory capital that may result from the adoption of the new accounting standard. The proposal requires a banking organization that has adopted a CECL methodology to include the provision for credit losses beginning in the 2020 stress test cycle.

U.S. Department of Labor Conflict of Interest Rule and SEC Standards of Conduct for Investment Professionals

The U.S. DOL’s final Conflict of Interest Rule under ERISA went into effect on June 9, 2017. On March 15, 2018, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit vacated the Conflict of Interest Rule and accompanying exemptions in their entirety. On June 22, 2018, the Court issued the mandate that makes effective its decision to vacate the rule.

On April 18, 2018, the SEC released for public comment a package of proposed rulemaking on the standards of conduct and required disclosures for broker-dealers and investment advisers. One of the proposals, entitled “Regulation Best Interest,” would require broker-dealers to act in the “best interest” of retail customers at the time a recommendation is made without placing the financial or other interests of the broker-dealer ahead of the interest of the retail customer. Additionally, the SEC proposed a new requirement for both broker-dealers and investment advisers to provide a brief relationship summary to retail investors with information intended to clarify the relationship between the parties. Finally, the SEC issued a proposed interpretation regarding the fiduciary duty that investment advisers owe their clients.

U.K. Withdrawal from the E.U.

Following the U.K. electorate vote to leave the E.U., the U.K. invoked Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty on March 29, 2017, which triggered a two-year period, subject to extension (which would need the unanimous approval of the E.U. Member States), during which the U.K. government has been

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  30  


Table of Contents
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  LOGO

 

negotiating its withdrawal agreement with the E.U. For further discussion of the potential impact of the U.K.’s withdrawal from the E.U. on our operations, see “Risk Factors—International Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K. For further information regarding our exposure to the U.K., see also “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Country Risk Exposure.”

Expected Replacement of London Interbank Offered Rate

Central banks around the world, including the Federal Reserve, have commissioned working groups of market participants and official sector representatives with the goal of finding suitable replacements for LIBOR based on observable market transactions. It is expected that a transition away from the widespread use of LIBOR to alternative rates will occur over the course of the next few years. The U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, has announced that it has commitments from panel banks to continue to contribute to LIBOR through the end of 2021, but that it will not use its powers to compel contributions beyond such date. Accordingly, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the publication of such rates beyond 2021.

On April 3, 2018, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York commenced publication of three reference rates based on overnight U.S. Treasury repurchase agreement transactions, including the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), which has been recommended as an alternative to U.S. dollar LIBOR by the Alternative Reference Rates Committee. Further, the Bank of England has commenced publication of a reformed Sterling Overnight Index Average (“reformed SONIA”), comprised of a broader set of overnight Sterling money market transactions, as of April 23, 2018. Reformed SONIA has been recommended as the alternative to Sterling LIBOR by the Working Group on Sterling Risk-Free Reference Rates.

Although the full impact of such reforms and actions, together with any transition away from LIBOR, including the potential or actual discontinuance of LIBOR publication, remains unclear, these changes may have an adverse impact on the value of, return on and trading markets for a broad array of financial products, including any LIBOR-based securities, loans and derivatives that are included in our

financial assets and liabilities. Such reforms and actions may also require extensive changes to the contracts that govern these LIBOR-based products, as well as our systems and processes.

Effects of Inflation and Changes in Interest and Foreign Exchange Rates

For a discussion of the effects of inflation and changes in interest and foreign exchange rates on our business and financial results and strategies to mitigate potential exposures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Effects of Inflation and Changes in Interest and Foreign Exchange Rates” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We enter into various off-balance sheet arrangements, including through unconsolidated SPEs and lending-related financial instruments (e.g., guarantees and commitments), primarily in connection with the Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments.

We utilize SPEs primarily in connection with securitization activities. For information on our securitization activities, see Note 12 to the financial statements.

For information on our commitments, obligations under certain guarantee arrangements and indemnities, see Note 11 to the financial statements. For further information on our lending commitments, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Lending Activities Included in Loans and Trading Assets.”

Contractual Obligations

For a discussion about our contractual obligations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Contractual Obligations” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

 

 

  31  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk  LOGO

 

Management believes effective risk management is vital to the success of our business activities. For a discussion of our risk management functions, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Market Risk

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, we incur market risk as a result of trading, investing and client facilitation activities, principally within the Institutional Securities business segment where the substantial majority of our VaR for market risk exposures is generated. In addition, we incur market risk within the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments. The Wealth Management business segment primarily incurs non-trading market risk from lending and deposit-taking activities. The Investment Management business segment primarily incurs non-trading market risk from capital investments in alternative and other funds. For a further discussion of market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Value-at-Risk

The statistical technique known as VaR is one of the tools we use to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of our trading portfolios. The Market Risk Department calculates and distributes daily VaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.

VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations.    For information regarding our VaR methodology, assumptions and limitations, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk—Sales and Trading and Related Activities—VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

We utilize the same VaR model for risk management purposes and for regulatory capital calculations. Our regulators have approved our VaR model for use in regulatory calculations.

The portfolio of positions used for our VaR for risk management purposes (“Management VaR”) differs from that used for regulatory capital requirements (“Regulatory VaR”). Management VaR contains certain positions that are excluded from Regulatory VaR. Examples include CVA and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.

The following table presents the Management VaR for the Trading portfolio. To further enhance the transparency of the traded market risk, the Credit Portfolio VaR has been disclosed as a separate category from the Primary Risk Categories. The Credit Portfolio includes counterparty CVA and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.

Trading Risks

95%/One-Day Management VaR

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30, 2018
 

$ in millions

 

    Period    

End

  Average  High  Low 

Interest rate and credit spread

     $32  $35  $43  $29 

Equity price

  13   14   17   12 

Foreign exchange rate

  11   9   12   7 

Commodity price

  8   9   12   7 

Less: Diversification benefit1, 2

  (25  (26  N/  N/

Primary Risk Categories

     $39  $        41  $      51  $      35 

Credit Portfolio

  14   11   14   9 

Less: Diversification benefit1, 2

  (10  (8  N/  N/

Total Management VaR

     $43  $44  $54  $38 
  Three Months Ended
March 31, 2018
 

$ in millions

 

Period

End

  Average  High  Low 

Interest rate and credit spread

     $41  $35  $46  $30 

Equity price

  16   14   17   11 

Foreign exchange rate

  10   9   13   7 

Commodity price

  10   9   11   7 

Less: Diversification benefit1, 2

  (27  (25  N/  N/

Primary Risk Categories

     $50  $42  $51  $36 

Credit Portfolio

  11   10   11   9 

Less: Diversification benefit1, 2

  (7  (6  N/  N/

Total Management VaR

     $54  $46  $55  $40 

 

1.

Diversification benefit equals the difference between the total Management VaR and the sum of the component VaRs. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the components occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each component.

2.

The high and low VaR values for the total Management VaR and each of the component VaRs might have occurred on different days during the quarter, and therefore, the diversification benefit is not an applicable measure.

Average total Management VaR and average Management VaR for the Primary Risk Categories of $44 million and $41 million, respectively, decreased from the three-months ended March 31, 2018, primarily as a result of lower market volatility and increased diversification benefit.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  32  


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures  LOGO

 

Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues.    One method of evaluating the reasonableness of our VaR model as a measure of our potential volatility of net revenues is to compare VaR with corresponding actual trading revenues. Assuming no intraday trading, for a95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the adequacy of the VaR model would be questioned.

We evaluate the reasonableness of our VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with corresponding actual trading results for the Firm, as well as individual business units. For days where losses exceed the VaR statistic, we examine the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results. There were no days in the current year period on which trading losses exceeded VaR.

The distribution of VaR statistics and net revenues is presented in the following histograms for the Total Trading populations.

Total Trading.    As shown in the 95%/One-Day Management VaR table, the average 95%/one-day total Management VaR for the current quarter was $44 million. The following histogram presents the distribution of the daily 95%/one-day total Management VaR for the current quarter.

Daily 95%/One-Day Total Management VaR for the Current Quarter

($ in millions)

 

LOGO

The following histogram shows the distribution for the current quarter of daily net trading revenues, including profits and losses from Interest rate and credit spread, Equity price, Foreign exchange rate, Commodity price, and Credit Portfolio positions and intraday trading activities, for our Trading businesses. Daily net trading revenues also include intraday trading activities but exclude certain items not captured in the

VaR model, such as fees, commissions and net interest income. Daily net trading revenues differ from the definition of revenues required for Regulatory VaR backtesting, which further excludes intraday trading.

Daily Net Trading Revenues for the Current Quarter

($ in millions)

 

LOGO

Non-Trading Risks

We believe that sensitivity analysis is an appropriate representation of our non-trading risks. The following sensitivity analyses cover substantially all of the non-trading risk in our portfolio.

Exposure Related to Our Own Credit Spread.

Credit Spread Risk Sensitivity1

 

$ in millions  At
June 30, 2018
   At
March 31, 2018
 

Derivatives

  $6   $6 

Funding liabilities2

   32    31 

 

1.

Amounts represent the increase in value for each 1 bps widening of our credit spread.

2.

Relates to structured note liabilities carried at fair value.

Interest Rate Risk Sensitivity.    The following table presents an analysis of selected instantaneous upward and downward parallel interest rate shocks on net interest income over the next 12 months for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. These shocks are applied to our 12-month forecast for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, which incorporates market expectations of interest rates and our forecasted business activity, including our deposit deployment strategy and asset-liability management hedges.

 

 

  33  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures  LOGO

 

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis

 

$ in millions  

At

June 30, 2018

   

At

March 31, 2018

 

Basis point change

    

+200

  $531   $438 

+100

   273    226 

-100

   (489   (464

We do not manage to any single rate scenario but rather manage net interest income in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to optimize across a range of possible outcomes, including non-parallel rate change scenarios. The sensitivity analysis assumes that we take no action in response to these scenarios, assumes there are no changes in other macroeconomic variables normally correlated with changes in interest rates, and includes subjective assumptions regarding customer and market re-pricing behavior and other factors. The change in sensitivity to interest rates between June 30, 2018 and March 31, 2018 is related to overall changes in our asset-liability profile and higher market rates.

Investments.    We have exposure to public and private companies through direct investments, as well as through funds that invest in these assets. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, a portion of which are for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net income associated with a 10% decline in investment values and related impact on performance fees.

Investments Sensitivity, Including Related Performance Fees

 

       Loss from 10% Decline     
$ in millions  At
June 30,
2018
   At
March 31,
2018
 

Investments related to Investment

    

Management activities

  $301   $321 

Other investments:

    

MUMSS

   164    172 

Other Firm investments

   181    187 

MUMSS—Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

Equity Market Sensitivity.    In the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, certain fee-based revenue streams are driven by the value of clients’ equity holdings. The overall level of revenues for these streams also depends on multiple additional factors that include, but are not limited to, the level and duration of the equity market increase or decline, price volatility, the geographic and industry mix of client assets, the rate and magnitude of client investments and redemptions, and the impact of such market increase or decline and price volatility on client behavior.

Therefore, overall revenues do not correlate completely with changes in the equity markets.

Credit Risk

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to us. We primarily incur credit risk exposure to institutions and individuals through our Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments. For a further discussion of our credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk–Risk Management–Credit Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K. Also, see Notes 7 and 11 to the financial statements for additional information about our loans and lending commitments, respectively.

Lending Activities Included in Loans and Trading Assets

We provide loans and lending commitments to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals. In addition, we purchase loans in the secondary market. In the balance sheets, these loans and lending commitments are carried as held for investment, which are recorded at amortized cost; as held for sale, which are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value; or at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. Loans held for investment and loans held for sale are classified in Loans, and loans held at fair value are classified in Trading assets in the balance sheets. See Notes 3, 7 and 11 to the financial statements for further information.

Loans and Lending Commitments

 

  At June 30, 2018 
$ in millions IS  WM  IM1  Total 

Corporate loans

 $16,689  $15,688  $5  $32,382 

Consumer loans

     27,954      27,954 

Residential real estate loans

     26,405      26,405 

Wholesale real estate loans

  9,866         9,866 

Loans held for investment, gross of allowance

  26,555   70,047   5   96,607 

Allowance for loan losses

  (202  (39     (241

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

  26,353   70,008   5   96,366 

Corporate loans

  13,366         13,366 

Residential real estate loans

  1   29      30 

Wholesale real estate loans

  2,351         2,351 

Loans held for sale

  15,718   29      15,747 

Corporate loans

  8,730      22   8,752 

Residential real estate loans

  1,334         1,334 

Wholesale real estate loans

  2,703      1,130   3,833 

Loans held at fair value

  12,767      1,152   13,919 

Total loans

  54,838   70,037   1,157   126,032 

Lending commitments2, 3

  112,833   10,706   173   123,712 

Total loans and lending commitments2, 3

 $    167,671  $    80,743  $    1,330  $    249,744 
 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  34  


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures  LOGO

 

  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions IS  WM  IM  Total 

Corporate loans

 $15,332  $14,417  $5  $29,754 

Consumer loans

     26,808      26,808 

Residential real estate loans

     26,635      26,635 

Wholesale real estate loans

  9,980         9,980 

Loans held for investment, gross of allowance

  25,312   67,860   5   93,177 

Allowance for loan losses

  (182  (42     (224

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

  25,130   67,818   5   92,953 

Corporate loans

  9,456         9,456 

Residential real estate loans

  1   34      35 

Wholesale real estate loans

  1,682         1,682 

Loans held for sale

  11,139   34      11,173 

Corporate loans

  8,336      22   8,358 

Residential real estate loans

  799         799 

Wholesale real estate loans

  1,579         1,579 

Loans held at fair value

  10,714      22   10,736 

Total loans

  46,983   67,852   27   114,862 

Lending commitments2, 3

  92,588   9,481      102,069 

Total loans and lending commitments2, 3

 $    139,571  $    77,333  $    27  $    216,931 

 

1.

Investment Management business segment loans are entered into in conjunction with certain investment advisory activities. The increase in fair value loans in the current year period is a result of the consolidation of a fund managed by Mesa West Capital, LLC that primarily invests in commercial real estate loans with remaining maturities of less than 5 years.

2.

Lending commitments represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

3.

For syndications led by us, any lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of amounts syndicated. For syndications that we participate in and do not lead, any lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that we expect will be allocated from the lead syndicate bank. Due to the nature of our obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties.

Total loans and lending commitments increased by approximately $33 billion in the current year period, primarily due to increases in corporate loan commitments within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Our credit exposure from our loans and lending commitments is measured in accordance with our internal risk management standards. Risk factors considered in determining the aggregate allowance for loan and commitment losses include the borrower’s financial strength, seniority of the loan, collateral type, volatility of collateral value, debt cushion, loan-to-value ratio, debt service ratio, covenants and counterparty type. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered.

Allowance for Loans and Lending Commitments Held for Investment

 

$ in millions  At
June 30,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Loans

  $                241   $224 

Lending commitments

   202    198 

Total allowance for loans and lending commitments

  $443   $422 

The aggregate allowance for loans and lending commitment losses increased during the current year period, primarily due to overall portfolio changes and qualitative and environmental factors impacting the inherent allowance within the Institutional Securities business segment. See Note 7 to the financial statements for further information.

Status of Loans Held for Investment

 

   At June 30, 2018   At December 31, 2017 
    IS       WM     IS       WM   

Current

   99.6 %    99.9 %    99.5 %    99.9 % 

Nonaccrual1

   0.4 %    0.1 %    0.5 %    0.1 % 

 

1.

These loans are on nonaccrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

Institutional Securities 

In connection with certain Institutional Securities business segment activities, we provide loans and lending commitments to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients. These activities include originating and purchasing corporate loans, commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending and financing extended to equities and commodities customers and municipalities. These loans and lending commitments may have varying terms; may be senior or subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by us.

We also participate in securitization activities, whereby we extend short-term or long-term funding to clients through loans and lending commitments that are secured by the assets of the borrower and generally provide for over-collateralization, including commercial real estate loans, loans secured by loan pools, corporate loans and secured lines of revolving credit. Credit risk with respect to these loans and lending commitments arises from the failure of a borrower to perform according to the terms of the loan agreement or a decline in the underlying collateral value. See Note 12 to the financial statements for information about our securitization activities. In addition, the Firm monitors collateral levels against requirements and oversees the administration of the collateral function. See Note 6 to the financial statements for additional information about our collateralized transactions.

 

 

  35  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures  LOGO

 

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments1

 

  At June 30, 2018 
  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Loans

     

AA

 $  $472  $  $20  $492 

A

  712   2,465   1,313   412   4,902 

BBB

  3,465   6,811   4,690   1,257   16,223 

NIG

  6,996   11,124   8,824   3,526   30,470 

Unrated2

  140   124   133   2,354   2,751 

Total loans

  11,313   20,996   14,960   7,569   54,838 

Lending commitments

 

    

AAA

     165         165 

AA

  3,293   1,037   2,950   350   7,630 

A

  4,243   17,434   8,165   765   30,607 

BBB

  2,150   16,094   17,867   728   36,839 

NIG

  1,691   10,865   14,057   10,928   37,541 

Unrated2

  1      21   29   51 

Total lending commitments

  11,378   45,595   43,060   12,800   112,833 

Total exposure

 $22,691  $    66,591  $    58,020  $    20,369  $    167,671 

 

  At December 31, 2017 
  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Loans

     

AA

 $14  $503  $30  $5  $552 

A

  1,608   1,710   1,235   693   5,246 

BBB

  2,791   6,558   3,752   646   13,747 

NIG

  4,760   12,311   4,480   3,245   24,796 

Unrated2

  243   291   621   1,487   2,642 

Total loans

  9,416   21,373   10,118   6,076   46,983 

Lending commitments

 

    

AAA

     165         165 

AA

  3,745   1,108   3,002      7,855 

A

  3,769   5,533   11,774   197   21,273 

BBB

  3,987   12,345   16,818   1,095   34,245 

NIG

  4,159   9,776   12,279   2,698   28,912 

Unrated2

  9   40   42   47   138 

Total lending commitments

  15,669   28,967   43,915   4,037   92,588 

Total exposure

 $25,085  $    50,340  $    54,033  $    10,113  $    139,571 

NIG–Non-investment grade

1.

Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management department.

2.

Unrated loans and lending commitments are primarily trading positions that are measured at fair value and risk managed as a component of Market Risk. For a further discussion of our Market Risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Market Risk” herein.

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments by Industry

 

$ in millions  At June 30,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Industry

    

Financials

  $30,994   $22,112 

Real estate

   28,729    28,426 

Industrials

   15,256    11,090 

Consumer discretionary

   14,252    11,555 

Information technology

   13,645    11,862 

Consumer Staples

   10,924    8,315 

Healthcare

   10,909    9,956 

Utilities

   10,187    9,592 

Insurance

   9,888    4,739 

Energy

   9,720    10,233 

Telecommunications services

   5,767    4,172 

Materials

   5,398    5,069 

Other

   2,002    2,450 

Total

  $        167,671   $        139,571 

Institutional Securities business segment loans and lending commitments are mainly related to relationship-based and event-driven lending to select corporate clients. Relationship-based loans and lending commitments are used for general corporate purposes, working capital and liquidity purposes by our investment banking clients and typically consist of revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities and term loans. In connection with the relationship-based lending activities, we enter into hedges, as detailed below.

Relationship-based Lending Hedges—Notional Amounts

 

$ in billions  

At

June 30,
2018

   At
December 31,
2017
 

Single-name and index CDS

  $            13.5   $16.6 

Event-Driven Loans and Lending Commitments

 

  At June 30, 2018 
  Years to Maturity     
$ in millions   Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total 

Loans

   $1,773   $838   $1,803   $1,867   $6,281 

Lending commitments

  613    14,514    2,737    5,018    22,882 

Total loans and lending commitments

   $2,386   $  15,352   $  4,540   $  6,885   $  29,163 

 

  At December 31, 2017 
  Years to Maturity     
$ in millions   Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total 

Loans

   $1,458   $1,058   $639   $2,012   $5,167 

Lending commitments

  1,272    3,206    2,091    1,874    8,443 

Total loans and lending commitments

   $2,730   $  4,264   $  2,730   $  3,886   $  13,610 
 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  36  


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures  LOGO

 

Event-driven loans and lending commitments are associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition, recapitalization and project finance activities. Event-driven loans and lending commitments typically consist of revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans. The increase in event-driven lending commitments in the current year period is primarily due to an increase in held-for-sale commitments driven by client M&A transactions.

Wealth Management

The principal Wealth Management lending activities include securities-based lending and residential real estate loans.

Securities-based lending provided to our retail clients is primarily conducted through our Liquidity Access Line platform. For more information about our securities-based lending and residential real estate loans, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk–Risk Management–Credit Risk–Lending Activities” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Wealth Management Loans and Lending Commitments

 

  At June 30, 2018 
  Contractual Years to Maturity    
$ in millions   Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Securities-based lending
and other loans1

   $36,299  $4,485  $1,642  $1,195  $43,621 

Residential real
estate loans

     27   6   26,383   26,416 

Total loans

   $36,299  $4,512  $1,648  $27,578  $70,037 

Lending commitments

  8,596   1,735   99   276   10,706 

Total loans and lending commitments

   $44,895  $    6,247  $    1,747  $    27,854  $    80,743 

 

  At December 31, 2017 
  Contractual Years to Maturity    
$ in millions   Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Securities-based lending and other loans1

   $34,389  $3,687  $1,899  $1,231  $41,206 

Residential real
estate loans

     24   15   26,607   26,646 

Total loans

   $34,389  $3,711  $1,914  $27,838  $67,852 

Lending commitments

  7,253   1,827   120   281   9,481 

Total loans and lending commitments

   $41,642  $    5,538  $    2,034  $    28,119  $    77,333 

 

1.

The Liquidity Access Line platform had an outstanding loan balance of $33.4 billion and $32.2 billion at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

For the current year period, loans and lending commitments associated with the Wealth Management business segment lending activities increased by approximately 4%, primarily due to growth in securities-based lending and other loans.

Lending Activities Included in Customer and Other Receivables

Margin Loans

 

  At June 30, 2018 
$ in millions IS  WM  Total 

Net customer receivables representing margin loans

 $ 21,026  $ 11,785  $ 32,811 

 

  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions IS  WM  Total 

Net customer receivables representing margin loans

 $ 19,977  $ 12,135  $ 32,112 

The Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments provide margin lending arrangements which allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. Margin lending activities generally have minimal credit risk due to the value of collateral held and their short-term nature.

Employee Loans

 

$ in millions  At
June 30,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Employee loans:

    

Balance

  $            3,564   $            4,185 

Allowance for loan losses

   (74   (77

Balance, net

  $3,490   $        4,108 

Repayment term range, in years

   1 to 20    1 to 20 

Employee loans are generally granted to retain and recruit certain employees, are full recourse and generally require periodic repayments. We establish an allowance for loan amounts to terminated employees that we do not consider recoverable, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense. See Note 7 to the financial statements for a further description of our employee loans.

Credit Exposure—Derivatives

We incur credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the possibility that a counterparty may fail to perform according to the terms of the contract. In connection with our OTC derivative activities, we generally enter into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide us with the ability to demand collateral, as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master netting agreement in the event of counterparty default.

We manage our trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist

 

 

  37  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures  LOGO

 

of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). For a discussion of our credit exposure and related credit derivative contracts, see “Quantitative and Qualitative disclosures about Market Risk–Risk Management–Credit Risk–Credit Exposure–Derivatives” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Fair values as shown below represent the Firm’s net exposure to counterparties related to its OTC derivative products. Obligor credit ratings are determined internally by the Credit Risk Management department.

Counterparty Credit Rating and Remaining Contractual Maturity of OTC Derivative Assets at Fair Value

 

  Credit Rating    
$ in millions AAA  AA  A  BBB  NIG  Total 

At June 30, 2018

 

    

< 1 year

 $599  $7,435  $40,004  $14,284  $7,828  $70,150 

1-3 years

  739   3,785   23,108   8,246   6,507   42,385 

3-5 years

  760   2,579   14,910   4,951   2,638   25,838 

Over 5 years

  4,461   10,459   73,771   35,558   11,509   135,758 

Total, gross

 $  6,559  $  24,258  $  151,793  $  63,039  $  28,482  $  274,131 

Counterparty Netting

  (3,328  (15,944  (124,298  (44,666  (15,405  (203,641

Cash and Securities collateral

  (2,918  (6,066  (23,179  (12,924  (9,401  (54,488

Total, net

 $313  $2,248  $4,316  $5,449  $3,676  $16,002 

 

  Credit Rating1    
$ in millions AAA  AA  A  BBB  NIG  Total 

At December 31, 2017

 

    

< 1 year

 $356  $5,302  $36,001  $11,577  $5,904  $59,140 

1-3 years

  558   4,118   23,137   8,887   4,827   41,527 

3-5 years

  702   3,183   15,577   5,489   4,879   29,830 

Over 5 years

  5,470   11,667   78,779   37,286   12,079   145,281 

Total, gross

 $  7,086  $  24,270  $  153,494  $  63,239  $  27,689  $  275,778 

Counterparty Netting

  (3,018  (15,261  (125,378  (45,421  (15,828  (204,906

Cash and Securities collateral

  (3,188  (6,785  (23,257  (12,844  (9,123  (55,197

Total, net

 $880  $2,224  $4,859  $4,974  $2,738  $15,675 

 

1.

Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

OTC Derivative Products at Fair Value, Net of Collateral, by Industry

 

$ in millions  At
June 30,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Industry

  

Utilities

  $4,670   $4,382 

Financials

   4,078    3,330 

Energy

   1,040    646 

Industrials

   965    1,124 

Regional governments

   899    1,005 

Healthcare

   733    882 

Information technology

   631    715 

Not-for-profit organizations

   553    703 

Sovereign governments

   548    1,084 

Consumer discretionary

   461    464 

Real estate

   320    374 

Materials

   303    329 

Insurance

   254    206 

Consumer staples

   228    161 

Other

   319    270 

Total

  $            16,002   $            15,675 

For additional information on derivative instruments, including credit derivatives, see Note 4 to the financial statements.

Country Risk Exposure

Country risk exposure is the risk that events in, or that affect, a foreign country (any country other than the U.S.) might adversely affect us. We actively manage country risk exposure through a comprehensive risk management framework that combines credit and market fundamentals and allows us to effectively identify, monitor and limit country risk. Country risk exposure before and after hedging is monitored and managed. For a further discussion of our country risk exposure see, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk–Risk Management–Country Risk Exposure” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Our sovereign exposures consist of financial instruments entered into with sovereign and local governments. Our non-sovereign exposures consist of financial instruments entered into primarily with corporations and financial institutions. The following table shows our 10 largest non-U.S. country risk net exposures at June 30, 2018. Index credit derivatives are included in the country risk exposure table. Each reference entity within an index is allocated to that reference entity’s country of risk. Index exposures are allocated to the underlying reference entities in proportion to the notional weighting of each reference entity in the index, adjusted for any fair value receivable/payable for that reference entity. Where credit risk crosses multiple jurisdictions, for example, a CDS purchased from an issuer in a specific

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  38  


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures  LOGO

 

country that references bonds issued by an entity in a different country, the fair value of the CDS is reflected in the Net Counterparty Exposure column based on the country of the CDS issuer. Further, the notional amount of the CDS adjusted for the fair value of the receivable/payable is reflected in the Net Inventory column based on the country of the underlying reference entity.

Top Ten Country Exposures at June 30, 2018

 

United Kingdom            
$ in millions  Sovereigns   Non-sovereigns   Total 

Net Inventory1

  $              562   $1,087   $1,649 

Net Counterparty Exposure2

   110    10,174      10,284 

Loans

       2,476    2,476 

Lending Commitments

       6,191    6,191 

Exposure before Hedges

   672    19,928    20,600 

Hedges3

   (356   (1,619   (1,975

Net Exposure

  $316   $18,309   $18,625 
Japan            
$ in millions  Sovereigns   Non-sovereigns   Total 

Net Inventory1

  $4,868   $301   $5,169 

Net Counterparty Exposure2

   77    3,575    3,652 

Loans

            

Lending Commitments

            

Exposure before Hedges

   4,945    3,876    8,821 

Hedges3

   (118   (115   (233

Net Exposure

  $4,827   $3,761   $8,588 
Spain            
$ in millions  Sovereigns   Non-sovereigns   Total 

Net Inventory1

  $(1,225  $(98  $(1,323

Net Counterparty Exposure2

       110    110 

Loans

       2,704    2,704 

Lending Commitments

       5,679    5,679 

Exposure before Hedges

   (1,225   8,395    7,170 

Hedges3

       (189   (189

Net Exposure

  $(1,225  $8,206   $6,981 

Germany

      
$ in millions  Sovereigns   Non-sovereigns   Total 

Net Inventory1

  $61   $439   $500 

Net Counterparty Exposure2

   519    1,941    2,460 

Loans

       1,310    1,310 

Lending Commitments

       3,629    3,629 

Exposure before Hedges

   580    7,319    7,899 

Hedges3

   (509   (1,098   (1,607

Net Exposure

  $71   $6,221   $6,292 

Brazil

      
$ in millions  Sovereigns   Non-sovereigns   Total 

Net Inventory1

  $4,275   $85   $4,360 

Net Counterparty Exposure2

       312    312 

Loans

       73    73 

Lending Commitments

       320    320 

Exposure before Hedges

   4,275    790    5,065 

Hedges3

   (11   (19   (30

Net Exposure

  $4,264   $771   $5,035 

Netherlands

      
$ in millions  Sovereigns   Non-sovereigns   Total 

Net Inventory1

  $(293  $104   $(189

Net Counterparty Exposure2

       712    712 

Loans

       1,852    1,852 

Lending Commitments

       1,641    1,641 

Exposure before Hedges

   (293   4,309    4,016 

Hedges3

   (20   (264   (284

Net Exposure

  $(313  $4,045   $    3,732 

China

      
$ in millions  Sovereigns   Non-sovereigns   Total 

Net Inventory1

  $432   $765   $1,197 

Net Counterparty Exposure2

   203    147    350 

Loans

       1,241    1,241 

Lending Commitments

       657    657 

Exposure before Hedges

   635    2,810    3,445 

Hedges3

   (49   (10   (59

Net Exposure

  $586   $2,800   $3,386 
France            
$ in millions  Sovereigns   Non-sovereigns   Total 

Net Inventory1

  $(220  $(115  $(335

Net Counterparty Exposure2

       2,034    2,034 

Loans

       186    186 

Lending Commitments

       2,092    2,092 

Exposure before Hedges

   (220   4,197    3,977 

Hedges3

   (50   (671   (721

Net Exposure

  $(270  $3,526   $3,256 
Canada            
$ in millions  Sovereigns   Non-sovereigns   Total 

Net Inventory1

  $(500  $214   $(286

Net Counterparty Exposure2

   32    1,869    1,901 

Loans

       58    58 

Lending Commitments

       1,433    1,433 

Exposure before Hedges

   (468   3,574    3,106 

Hedges3

       (262   (262

Net Exposure

  $(468  $3,312   $2,844 

Italy

      
$ in millions  Sovereigns   Non-sovereigns   Total 

Net Inventory1

  $1,286   $374   $1,660 

Net Counterparty Exposure2

   (8   451    443 

Loans

       125    125 

Lending Commitments

       418    418 

Exposure before Hedges

   1,278    1,368    2,646 

Hedges3

   7    (76   (69

Net Exposure

  $1,285   $1,292   $2,577 

 

1.

Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on a notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable).

2.

Net counterparty exposure (i.e., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) takes into consideration legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral.

3.

Amounts represent CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures for us. Amounts are based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable. For a further description of the contractual terms for purchased credit protection and whether they may limit the effectiveness of our hedges, see “Credit Exposure—Derivatives” herein.

 

 

  39  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Risk Disclosures  LOGO

 

As a market maker, we may transact in CDS positions to facilitate client trading. Exposures related to single-name and index credit derivatives for those countries shown in the previous table were as follows:

Credit Derivatives Included in Net Inventory

 

$ in millions  At
June 30,
2018
 

Gross purchased protection

  $(78,476

Gross written protection

           76,933 

Net exposure

  $(1,543

Net counterparty exposure shown in the Top Ten Country Exposures table above are net of the benefit of collateral received, which is typically composed of cash and government obligations.

Benefit of Collateral Received against Counterparty Credit Exposure

 

$ in millions      At
June 30,
2018
 

Counterparty credit exposure

  Collateral1  

Germany

  Belgium and Germany  $        9,409 

United Kingdom

  U.K., U.S. and Japan   9,039 

Other

  Japan, France and Spain   15,213 

 

1.

Collateral primarily consists of cash and government obligations.

Country Risk Exposures Related to the U.K. At June 30, 2018, our country risk exposures in the U.K. included net exposures of $18,625 million as shown in the Top Ten Country Exposures table, and overnight deposits of $6,236 million. The $18,309 million of exposures to non-sovereigns were diversified across both names and sectors. Of these exposures, $5,743 million were to U.K.-focused counterparties that generate more than one-third of their revenues in the U.K., $5,076 million were to geographically diversified counterparties, and $6,454 million were to exchanges and clearinghouses.

Country Risk Exposures Related to Brazil. At June 30, 2018, our country risk exposures in Brazil included net exposures of $5,035 million as shown in the Top Ten Country Exposures table. Our sovereign net exposures in Brazil were principally in the form of local currency government bonds held onshore to support client activity. The $771 million of exposures tonon-sovereigns were diversified across both names and sectors.

Operational Risk

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or

damage to physical assets). We may incur operational risk across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and support and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing). For a further discussion about our operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Operational Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Model Risk

Model risk refers to the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs. Model risk can lead to financial loss, poor business and strategic decision making, or damage to the Firm’s reputation. The risk inherent in a model is a function of the materiality, complexity and uncertainty around inputs and assumptions. Model risk is generated from the use of models impacting financial statements, regulatory filings, capital adequacy assessments and the formulation of strategy. For a further discussion about our model risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk–Risk Management–Model Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity risk also encompasses our ability (or perceived ability) to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern. For a further discussion about our liquidity risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Liquidity Risk” in the 2017 Form 10-K and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Legal and Compliance Risk

Legal and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, or loss to reputation that we may suffer as a result of failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with AML and terrorist financing rules and regulations. For a further discussion about our legal and compliance risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Legal and Compliance Risk” in the 2017 Form10-K.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  40  


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

 

Results of Review of Interim Financial Information

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of June 30, 2018, and the related condensed consolidated income statements and comprehensive income statements for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, and the cash flow statements and statements of changes in total equity for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “interim financial information”). Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying interim financial information for it to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheet of the Firm as of December 31, 2017, and the related consolidated income statement, comprehensive income statement, cash flow statement and statement of changes in total equity for the year then ended (not presented herein) included in the Firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K; and in our report dated February 27, 2018, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.

Basis for Review Results

This interim financial information is the responsibility of the Firm’s management. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Firm in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

 

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

August 3, 2018

 

  41  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Consolidated Income Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

   

Three Months Ended

June 30,

      

Six Months Ended

June 30,

 
in millions, except per share data        2018               2017                   2018               2017       

Revenues

         

Investment banking

  $1,793   $1,530       $3,427   $3,075 

Trading

   3,293    2,931        7,063    6,166 

Investments

   147    163        273    328 

Commissions and fees

   1,039    1,027        2,212    2,060 

Asset management

   3,189    2,902        6,381    5,669 

Other

   243    199        450    428 

Total non-interestrevenues

   9,704    8,752        19,806          17,726 

Interest income

   3,294    2,106        6,154    4,071 

Interest expense

   2,388    1,355        4,273    2,549 

Net interest

   906    751        1,881    1,522 

Net revenues

   10,610    9,503              21,687    19,248 

Non-interest expenses

         

Compensation and benefits

   4,621    4,252        9,535    8,718 

Occupancy and equipment

   346    333        682    660 

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

   609    525        1,236    1,034 

Information processing and communications

   496    433        974    861 

Marketing and business development

   179    155        319    291 

Professional services

   580    561        1,090    1,088 

Other

   670    602        1,322    1,146 

Total non-interestexpenses

   7,501    6,861        15,158    13,798 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   3,109    2,642        6,529    5,450 

Provision for income taxes

   640    846        1,354    1,661 

Income from continuing operations

   2,469    1,796        5,175    3,789 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

   (2   (5       (4   (27

Net income

  $2,467   $1,791       $5,171   $3,762 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   30    34        66    75 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,437   $1,757       $5,105   $3,687 

Preferred stock dividends and other

   170    170        263    260 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $2,267   $        1,587       $4,842   $3,427 

Earnings per basic common share

         

Income from continuing operations

  $1.32   $0.89       $2.80   $1.92 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

                   (0.01

Earnings per basic common share

  $1.32   $0.89       $2.80   $1.91 

Earnings per diluted common share

         

Income from continuing operations

  $1.30   $0.87       $2.75   $1.88 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

                   (0.01

Earnings per diluted common share

  $1.30   $0.87       $2.75   $1.87 

Dividends declared per common share

  $0.25   $0.20       $0.50   $0.40 

Average common shares outstanding

         

Basic

   1,720    1,791        1,730    1,796 

Diluted

   1,748    1,830        1,760    1,836 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  42  See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Table of Contents

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
$ in millions      2018        2017       2018              2017 

Net income

  $2,467  $1,791   $5,171  $3,762 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  $(192 $12   $(75 $162 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities

   (126  108    (536  192 

Pension, postretirement and other

   6   4    11   4 

Change in net debt valuation adjustment

   639   (183   1,090   (174

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

  $327  $(59  $490  $184 

Comprehensive income

  $2,794  $1,732   $5,661  $3,946 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   30   34    66   75 

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

   (9  (21   63   29 

Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,773  $1,719   $5,532  $3,842 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  43  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Consolidated Balance Sheets  LOGO

 

$ in millions, except share data  (Unaudited)
At
June 30,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents:

    

Cash and due from banks

  $30,176   $24,816 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   18,707    21,348 

Restricted cash

   32,706    34,231 

Trading assets at fair value ($168,810 and $169,735 were pledged to various parties)

   266,438    298,282 

Investment securities (includes $56,704 and $55,203 at fair value)

   81,948    78,802 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   93,928    84,258 

Securities borrowed

   153,248    124,010 

Customer and other receivables

   61,714    56,187 

Loans:

    

Held for investment (net of allowance of $241 and $224)

   96,366    92,953 

Held for sale

   15,747    11,173 

Goodwill

   6,692    6,597 

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $2,909and $2,730)

   2,332    2,448 

Other assets

   15,873    16,628 

Total assets

  $875,875   $851,733 

Liabilities

    

Deposits (includes $285 and $204 at fair value)

  $        172,802   $        159,436 

Trading liabilities at fair value

   139,359    131,295 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $788and $800 at fair value)

   50,650    56,424 

Securities loaned

   12,720    13,592 

Other secured financings (includes $3,606 and $3,863 at fair value)

   9,890    11,271 

Customer and other payables

   201,737    191,510 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   15,967    17,157 

Borrowings (includes $50,350 and $46,912 at fair value)

   192,244    192,582 

Total liabilities

   795,369    773,267 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 11)

    

Equity

    

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock

   8,520    8,520 

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

    

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000; Shares issued:2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding: 1,749,653,071 and 1,788,086,805

   20    20 

Additional paid-incapital

   23,454    23,545 

Retained earnings

   61,835    57,577 

Employee stock trusts

   2,829    2,907 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   (3,070   (3,060

Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (289,240,908 and 250,807,174 shares)

   (11,650   (9,211

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

   (2,829   (2,907

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   79,109    77,391 

Noncontrolling interests

   1,397    1,075 

Total equity

   80,506    78,466 

Total liabilities and equity

  $875,875   $851,733 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  44  See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

$ in millions

 

Preferred

Stock

  

Common

Stock

  

Additional

Paid-in

Capital

  

Retained

Earnings

  

Employee

Stock

Trusts

  

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

  

Common

Stock

Held in

Treasury

at Cost

  

Common

Stock

Issued to

Employee

Stock

Trusts

  

Non-

controlling

Interests

  

Total

Equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

 $8,520  $20  $23,545  $57,577  $2,907  $(3,060 $(9,211 $(2,907 $1,075  $78,466 

Cumulative adjustment for accounting changes1

           306      (437           (131

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

           5,105                  5,105 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

                          66   66 

Dividends

           (1,153                 (1,153

Shares issued under employee plans

        (91     (78     734   78      643 

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

                    (3,173        (3,173

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

                 427         63   490 

Other net increases

                          193   193 

Balance at June 30, 2018

 $8,520  $20  $23,454  $61,835  $2,829  $(3,070 $(11,650 $(2,829 $1,397  $80,506 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 $7,520  $20  $23,271  $53,679  $2,851  $(2,643 $(5,797 $(2,851 $1,127  $77,177 

Cumulative adjustment for accounting changes1

        45   (35                 10 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

           3,687                  3,687 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

                          75   75 

Dividends

           (1,006                 (1,006

Shares issued under employee plans

        (170     94      815   (94     645 

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

                    (1,709        (1,709

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

                 155         29   184 

Issuance of preferred stock

  1,000      (6                    994 

Other net decreases

                          (90  (90

Balance at June 30, 2017

 $    8,520  $20  $    23,140  $    56,325  $      2,945  $(2,488 $    (6,691 $(2,945 $1,141  $    79,967 

 

1.

The cumulative adjustments relate to the adoption of certain accounting updates during the current and prior year periods. See Notes 2 and 14 for further information.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  45  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

   

Six Months Ended

June 30,

 
$ in millions  2018   2017 

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

  $5,171   $                3,762 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

    

(Income) loss from equity method investments

   (54    

Stock-based compensation expense

   526    518 

Depreciation and amortization

   907    889 

(Release of) Provision for credit losses on lending activities

   (29   25 

Other operating adjustments

   72    (158

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

   39,106    (18,797

Securities borrowed

   (29,238   (1,486

Securities loaned

   (872   1,018 

Customer and other receivables and other assets

   (9,279   (6,144

Customer and other payables and other liabilities

   9,053    5,598 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   (9,670   4,547 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   (5,774   (3,931

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

   (81   (14,159

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Proceeds from (payments for):

    

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software, net

   (908   (723

Changes in loans, net

   (4,560   (5,326

Investment securities:

    

Purchases

   (12,388   (8,418

Proceeds from sales

   2,231    13,533 

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities

   6,469    3,668 

Other investing activities

   (147   (39

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

   (9,303   2,695 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Net proceeds from (payments for):

    

Noncontrolling interests

   (85   (35

Other secured financings

   (2,275   4,272 

Deposits

   13,366    (10,950

Proceeds from:

    

Derivatives financing activities

       73 

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

       994 

Issuance of Borrowings

   28,234    33,522 

Payments for:

    

Borrowings

   (22,981   (17,821

Derivatives financing activities

       (48

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

   (3,173   (1,709

Cash dividends

   (1,115   (954

Other financing activities

   (145   21 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

   11,826    7,365 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (1,248   1,569 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   1,194    (2,530

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

   80,395    77,360 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $81,589   $74,830 

Cash and cash equivalents:

    

Cash and due from banks

  $                30,176   $25,008 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   18,707    19,651 

Restricted cash

   32,706    30,171 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $81,589   $74,830 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

    

Cash payments for:

    

Interest

  $3,934   $1,922 

Income taxes, net of refunds

   790    732 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  46  See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation

The Firm

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Firm” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. See the “Glossary of Common Acronyms” for definitions of certain acronyms used throughout this Form 10-Q.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of the Firm’s business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides investment banking, sales and trading, lending and other services to corporations, governments, financial institutions, and high to ultra-high net worth clients. Investment banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including services relating to the underwriting of debt, equity and other securities, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance. Sales and trading services include sales, financing, prime brokerage and market-making activities in equity and fixed income products, including foreign exchange and commodities. Lending services include originating and/or purchasing corporate loans, commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending and financing extended to equities and commodities customers and municipalities. Other activities include investments and research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small to medium-sized businesses and institutions covering brokerage and investment advisory services, financial and wealth planning services, annuity and insurance products, credit and other lending products, banking and retirement plan services.

Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products include equity, fixed income,

liquidity and alternative/other products. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are serviced through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.

Basis of Financial Information

The unaudited consolidated financial statements (“financial statements”) are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the Firm to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, compensation, deferred tax assets, the outcome of legal and tax matters, allowance for credit losses and other matters that affect its financial statements and related disclosures. The Firm believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of its financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior periods to conform to the current presentation.

The accompanying financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Firm’s financial statements and notes thereto included in the 2017 Form 10-K. Certain footnote disclosures included in the 2017 Form 10-K have been condensed or omitted from these financial statements as they are not required for interim reporting under U.S. GAAP. The financial statements reflect all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the results for the interim period. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

Consolidation

The financial statements include the accounts of the Firm, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Firm has a controlling financial interest, including certain VIEs (see Note 12). For consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as noncontrolling interests. The net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests in the consolidated income statements (“income statements”). The portion of shareholders’ equity that is attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as noncontrolling interests, a component of total equity, in the consolidated balance sheets (“balance sheets”).

 

 

  47  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

For a discussion of the Firm’s involvement with VIEs and its significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries, see Notes 1 and 2 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form  10-K.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

For a detailed discussion about the Firm’s significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

During the six months ended June 30, 2018 (“current year period”), there were no significant revisions to the Firm’s significant accounting policies, other than for Carried Interest and the accounting updates adopted.

Carried Interest

The Firm is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentive fees, and includes carried interest) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. Beginning January 1, 2018, when the Firm earns carried interest from funds as specified performance thresholds are met, that carried interest and any related general or limited partner interest is accounted for under the equity method of accounting and measured based on the Firm’s claim on the NAV of the fund at the reporting date, taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. Performance-based fees in the form of carried interest considered equity method investments are therefore outside the scope of the policies for revenue from contracts with customers discussed below. See Note 11 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.

Accounting Updates Adopted

The Firm adopted the following accounting updates in the current year period. Prior period results are presented under previous policies. See Note 14 for a summary of the Retained earnings impacts of these and other minor adoptions effective in the current year period.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

On January 1, 2018, we adopted Revenue from Contracts with Customers using the modified retrospective method, which resulted in a net decrease to Retained earnings of $32 million, net of tax. Prior period amounts were not restated.

Our revised accounting policy in accordance with this adoption is effective January 1, 2018, and is discussed below.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are recognized when the promised goods or services are delivered to our customers, in an amount that is based on the consideration the Firm expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services when such amounts are not probable of significant reversal.

 

 

Investment Banking

Revenue from investment banking activities consists of revenues earned from underwriting primarily equity and fixed income securities and advisory fees for mergers, acquisitions, restructuring and advisory assignments.

Underwriting revenues are generally recognized on trade date if there is no uncertainty or contingency related to the amount to be paid. Underwriting costs are deferred and recognized in the relevant non-interest expenses line items when the related underwriting revenues are recorded.

Advisory fees are recognized as advice is provided to the client, based on the estimated progress of work and when the revenue is not probable of a significant reversal. Advisory costs are recognized as incurred in the relevant non-interest expenses line items, including when reimbursed.

 

 

Commissions and Fees

Commission and fee revenues result from transaction-based arrangements in which the client is charged a fee for the execution of transactions. Such revenues primarily arise from transactions in equity securities; services related to sales and trading activities; and sales of mutual funds, alternative funds, futures, insurance products and options. Commission and fee revenues are recognized on trade date when the performance obligation is satisfied.

 

 

Asset Management Revenues

Asset management, distribution and administration fees are generally based on related asset levels being managed, such as the AUM of a customer’s account, or the net asset value of a fund. These fees are generally recognized when services are performed and the fees become known. Management fees are reduced by estimated fee waivers and expense caps, if any, provided to the customer.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  48  


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

Performance-based fees not in the form of carried interest are recorded when the annual performance target is met and the revenue is not probable of a significant reversal. Performance-based fees in the form of carried interest are considered equity method investments and are therefore outside the scope of these policies for revenue from contracts with customers.

Sales commissions paid by the Firm in connection with the sale of certain classes of shares of its open-end mutual fund products are accounted for as deferred commission assets and amortized to expense over the expected life of the contract. The Firm periodically tests deferred commission assets for recoverability based on cash flows expected to be received in future periods. Other asset management and distribution costs are recognized as incurred in the relevant non-interest expenses line items.

 

 

Other Items

Revenue from commodities-related contracts is recognized as the promised goods or services are delivered to the customer.

Receivables from contracts with customers are recognized in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets when the underlying performance obligations have been satisfied and the Firm has the right per the contract to bill the customer. Contract assets are recognized in Other assets when the Firm has satisfied its performance obligations, but customer payment is conditional. Contract liabilities are recognized in Other liabilities when the Firm has collected payment from a customer based on the terms of the contract, but the underlying performance obligations are not yet satisfied.

For contracts with a term less than one year, incremental costs to obtain the contract are expensed as incurred. Revenues are not discounted when payment is expected within one year.

The Firm presents, net within revenues, all taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by the Firm from a customer.

Derivatives and Hedging–Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities

This accounting update aims to better align the hedge accounting requirements with an entity’s risk management

strategies and improve the financial reporting of hedging relationships. It also results in simplification of the application of hedge accounting related to the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The Firm early adopted this accounting update in the first quarter of 2018. Upon adoption, the Firm recorded a cumulative catch-up adjustment, decreasing Retained earnings by $99 million, net of tax. This adjustment represents the cumulative effect of applying the new rules from the inception of certain fair value hedges of the interest rate risk of our borrowings, in particular the provision allowing only the benchmark rate component of coupon cash flows to be hedged.

Effective January 1, 2018, in accordance with this adoption, the Firm has updated its accounting policies to permit the hedged item in a fair value hedge of interest rate risk to be defined as including only the benchmark rate component of contractual coupon cash flows, and to allow for hedging part of the contractual term of the hedged instrument. The accounting policy also requires the entire gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate to be reported within AOCI.

Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

This accounting update, which the Firm elected to early adopt as of January 1, 2018, allows companies to reclassify from AOCI to Retained earnings the stranded tax effects associated with enactment of the Tax Act on December 22, 2017. These stranded tax effects resulted from the requirement to reflect the total amount of the remeasurement of and other adjustments to deferred tax assets and liabilities in 2017 income from continuing operations, regardless of whether the deferred taxes were originally recorded in AOCI. Accordingly, as of January 1, 2018, the Firm recorded a net increase to Retained earnings as a result of the reclassification of $443 million of such stranded tax effects previously recorded in AOCI, which were primarily the result of the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities associated with the change in tax rates.

Aside from the above treatment related to the Tax Act, the Firm releases stranded tax effects from AOCI into earnings once the related category of instruments or transactions giving rise to these effects no longer exists. For further detail on the tax effects reclassified, refer to Note 14 to the financial statements.

 

 

  49  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

3. Fair Values

Fair Value Measurement

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

  At June 30, 2018 
$ in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting1  Total 

Assets at fair value

     

Trading assets:

     

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

 $25,629  $24,986  $  $  $50,615 

Other sovereign government obligations

  24,899   6,680   5      31,584 

State and municipal securities

     3,602   2      3,604 

MABS

     1,913   327      2,240 

Loans and lending commitments2

     6,996   6,923      13,919 

Corporate and other debt

     19,335   701      20,036 

Corporate equities3

  106,657   512   171      107,340 

Derivative and other contracts:

 

 

Interest rate

  953   166,598   1,118      168,669 

Credit

     5,414   406      5,820 

Foreign exchange

  88   65,440   67      65,595 

Equity

  862   44,608   1,177      46,647 

Commodity and other

  278   6,795   4,652      11,725 

Netting1

  (1,302  (215,518  (1,693  (47,389  (265,902

Total derivative and other contracts

  879   73,337   5,727   (47,389  32,554 

Investments4

  519   411   941      1,871 

Physical commodities

     255         255 

Total trading assets4

  158,583   138,027   14,797   (47,389  264,018 

Investment securities—AFS

  31,601   25,103         56,704 

Intangible assets

     3         3 

Total assets
at fair value

 $ 190,184  $163,133  $ 14,797  $ (47,389 $320,725 
  At June 30, 2018 
$ in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting1  Total 

Liabilities at fair value

     

Deposits

 $  $248  $37  $  $285 

Trading liabilities:

     

U.S. Treasury and
agency securities

  15,625   26         15,651 

Other sovereign
government obligations

  22,059   2,796         24,855 

Corporate and other debt

     8,370   1      8,371 

Corporate equities3

  62,807   809   24      63,640 

Derivative and other contracts:

 

 

Interest rate

  1,105   152,302   551      153,958 

Credit

     5,735   408      6,143 

Foreign exchange

  15   61,612   93      61,720 

Equity

  831   44,460   2,712      48,003 

Commodity and other

  614   7,580   2,620      10,814 

Netting1

  (1,302  (215,518  (1,693  (35,283  (253,796

Total derivative and
other contracts

  1,263   56,171   4,691   (35,283  26,842 

Total trading liabilities

  101,754   68,172   4,716   (35,283  139,359 

Securities sold under
agreements to repurchase

     788         788 

Other secured financings

     3,436   170      3,606 

Borrowings

     47,055   3,295      50,350 

Total liabilities
at fair value

 $  101,754  $  119,699  $  8,218  $  (35,283 $  194,388 
 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  50  


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting1  Total 

Assets at fair value

 

   

Trading assets:

     

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

 $22,077  $26,888  $  $  $48,965 

Other sovereign government obligations

  20,234   7,825   1      28,060 

State and municipal securities

     3,592   8      3,600 

MABS

     2,364   423      2,787 

Loans and lending commitments2

     4,791   5,945      10,736 

Corporate and other debt

     16,837   701      17,538 

Corporate equities3

  149,697   492   166      150,355 

Derivative and other contracts:

 

 

Interest rate

  472   178,704   1,763      180,939 

Credit

     7,602   420      8,022 

Foreign exchange

  58   53,724   15      53,797 

Equity

  1,101   40,359   3,530      44,990 

Commodity and other

  1,126   5,390   4,147      10,663 

Netting1

  (2,088  (216,764  (1,575  (47,171  (267,598

Total derivative and other contracts

  669   69,015   8,300   (47,171  30,813 

Investments4

  297   523   1,020      1,840 

Physical commodities

     1,024         1,024 

Total trading assets4

  192,974   133,351   16,564   (47,171  295,718 

Investment securities—AFS

  27,522   27,681         55,203 

Intangible assets

     3         3 

Total assets
at fair value

 $  220,496  $  161,035  $  16,564  $  (47,171)  $  350,924 
  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting1  Total 

Liabilities at fair value

 

Deposits

 $  $157  $47  $  $204 

Trading liabilities:

     

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

  17,802   24         17,826 

Other sovereign government obligations

  24,857   2,016         26,873 

Corporate and other debt

     7,141   3      7,144 

Corporate equities3

  52,653   82   22      52,757 

Derivative and other contracts:

 

 

Interest rate

  364   162,239   545      163,148 

Credit

     8,166   379      8,545 

Foreign exchange

  23   55,118   127      55,268 

Equity

  1,001   44,666   2,322      47,989 

Commodity and other

  1,032   5,156   2,701      8,889 

Netting1

  (2,088  (216,764  (1,575  (36,717  (257,144

Total derivative and

other contracts

  332   58,581   4,499   (36,717  26,695 

Total trading liabilities

  95,644   67,844   4,524   (36,717  131,295 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     650   150      800 

Other secured financings

     3,624   239      3,863 

Borrowings

     43,928   2,984      46,912 

Total liabilities
at fair value

 $  95,644  $  116,203  $  7,944  $  (36,717 $  183,074 

 

MABS—Mortgage-

and asset-backed securities

1.

For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Netting.” Positions classified within the same level that are with the same counterparty are netted within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4.

2.

For a further breakdown by type, see the following Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value table.

3.

For trading purposes, the Firm holds or sells short equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying sizes.

4.

Amounts exclude certain investments that are measured based on NAV per share, which are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. For additional disclosure about such investments, see “Measured Based on Net Asset Value” herein.

Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value

 

$ in millions  

At

June 30, 2018

   

At

December 31, 2017

 

Corporate

  $8,752   $8,358 

Residential real estate

   1,334    799 

Wholesale real estate

   3,833    1,579 

Total

  $13,919   $10,736 
 

 

  51  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

Unsettled Fair Value of Futures Contracts1

 

$ in millions 

At

June 30, 2018

  

At

December 31, 2017

 

Customer and other receivables, net

 $958  $831 

 

1.

These contracts are primarily Level 1, actively traded, valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are excluded from the previous recurring fair value tables.

For a description of the valuation techniques applied to the Firm’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, see Note 3 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. During the current year period, there were no significant revisions made to the Firm’s valuation techniques.

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a

recurring basis for the quarter ended June 30, 2018 (“current quarter”) and June 30, 2017 (“prior year quarter”), the current year period and the six months ended June 30, 2017 (“prior year period”). Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. As a result, the realized and unrealized gains (losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the following tables do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Firm within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.

Additionally, the unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the following tables herein may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs. Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the income statements.

 

 

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Current Quarter

 

$ in millions Beginning
Balance at
March 31,
2018
  Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
  Purchases1  Sales and
Issuances2
  Settlements1  Net
Transfers
  Ending
Balance at
June 30,
2018
  Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
 

Assets at Fair Value

        

Trading assets:

        

Other sovereign government obligations

 $7  $(3 $2  $(1 $  $  $5  $ 

State and municipal securities

  2      1   (1        2    

MABS

  342      35   (88  (7  45   327   (6

Loans and lending commitments

  8,128   (62  1,726   (615  (1,781  (473  6,923   (78

Corporate and other debt

  814   37   166   (194  (3  (119  701   5 

Corporate equities

  233   (4  21   (25     (54  171   (3

Net derivative and other contracts3:

        

Interest rate

  670   (75  61   (24  (45  (20  567   (99

Credit

  (30  111   15   (41  (57     (2  115 

Foreign exchange

  (33  37      (19  (3  (8  (26  43 

Equity4

  1,015   51   29   (191  185   (2,624  (1,535  (14

Commodity and other

  1,660   170   1   (3  122   82   2,032   107 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  3,282   294   106   (278  202   (2,570  1,036   152 

Investments

  1,012   (8  17   (28     (52  941   2 

Liabilities at Fair Value

        

Deposits

 $44  $1  $  $5  $  $(11 $37  $1 

Trading liabilities:

        

Other sovereign government obligations

  3      (3               

Corporate and other debt

  4      (6  4      (1  1    

Corporate equities

  32   3   (8  3         24   2 

Other secured financings

  220   5      4   (8  (41  170   5 

Borrowings

  3,626   130      306   (141  (366  3,295   133 

 

1.

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in settlements.

2.

Amounts related to entering into Net derivatives and other contracts, Deposits, Other secured financings and Borrowings primarily represent issuances. Amounts for other line items primarily represent sales.

3.

Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. Amounts are presented before counterparty netting.

4.

During the current quarter, the Firm transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 $2.6 billion of Equity Derivatives due to a reduction in the significance of the unobservable inputs relating to volatility.

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  52  


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Prior Year Quarter

 

$ in millions

 Beginning
Balance at
March 31,
2017
  Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
  Purchases1  Sales and
Issuances2
  Settlements1  Net
Transfers
  Ending
Balance at
June 30,
2017
  Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
 

Assets at Fair Value

        

Trading assets:

        

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

 $42  $  $  $  $  $(42 $  $ 

Other sovereign government obligations

  65      87   (52        100    

State and municipal securities

  55   3   3   (52        9    

MABS

  216   36   32   (44  (5  29   264   8 

Loans and lending commitments

  4,479   27   1,242   (417  (581  114   4,864   11 

Corporate and other debt

  717   33   206   (292  (1  30   693   26 

Corporate equities

  310   8   101   (60     141   500   9 

Net derivative and other contracts3:

        

Interest rate

  298   35   28   (27  637   (1  970   58 

Credit

  (351  28         16   2   (305  24 

Foreign exchange

  (71  53   1   (1  22   (2  2   64 

Equity

  217   185   677   (171  80   105   1,093   189 

Commodity and other

  1,503   154   3      (108  (43  1,509   79 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  1,596   455   709   (199  647   61   3,269   414 

Investments

  961   11   20   (25  4   (25  946   7 

Liabilities at Fair Value

        

Deposits

 $56  $  $  $23  $  $  $79  $ 

Trading liabilities:

                                

Corporate and other debt

  36      (135  124      (10  15   (1

Corporate equities

  2   (12  (36  45      5   28   (11

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  148                  148    

Other secured financings

  203   (4     38   (1     244   (4

Borrowings

  2,092   (45     694   (145  (40  2,646   (49

 

1.

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in settlements.

2.

Amounts related to entering into Net derivatives and other contracts, Deposits, Other secured financings and Borrowings primarily represent issuances. Amounts for other line items primarily represent sales.

3.

Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. Amounts are presented before counterparty netting.

 

  53  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Current Year Period

 

$ in millions Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2017
  

Realized and
Unrealized
Gains

(Losses)

  Purchases1  Sales and
Issuances2
  Settlements1  Net Transfers  Ending
Balance at
June 30,
2018
  Unrealized Gains
(Losses)
 

Assets at fair value

        

Trading assets:

        

Other sovereign government obligations

 $1  $  $4  $  $  $  $5  $ 

State and municipal securities

  8      1   (7        2    

MABS

  423   76   74   (282  (12  48   327    

Loans and lending commitments

  5,945   (6  3,841   (913  (1,531  (413  6,923   (61

Corporate and other debt

  701   43   366   (165  (1  (243  701   6 

Corporate equities

  166   2   43   (49     9   171   (7

Net derivative and other contracts3:

        

Interest rate

  1,218   (1  69   (51  (131  (537  567   (13

Credit

  41   (22  4   (40  17   (2  (2  (28

Foreign exchange

  (112  96      (46  46   (10  (26  28 

Equity4

  1,208   163   94   (930  294   (2,364  (1,535  135 

Commodity and other

  1,446   392   35   (6  7   158   2,032   230 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  3,801   628   202   (1,073  233   (2,755  1,036   352 

Investments

  1,020   23   64   (133     (33  941   7 

Liabilities at fair value

        

Deposits

 $47  $1  $  $10  $(1 $(18 $37  $1 

Trading liabilities:

        

Corporate and other debt

  3      (9  7         1    

Corporate equities

  22   6   (10  15      3   24   4 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  150               (150      

Other secured financings

  239   17      7   (18  (41  170   17 

Borrowings

  2,984   201      825   (195  (118  3,295   199 

 

1.

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in Purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

2.

Amounts related to entering into Net derivative and other contracts, Deposits, Other secured financings and Borrowings primarily represent issuances. Amounts for other line items primarily represent sales.

3.

Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. Amounts are presented before counterparty netting.

4.

During the current year period, the Firm transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 $2.4 billion of Equity Derivatives due to a reduction in the significance of the unobservable inputs relating to volatility.

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  54  


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Prior Year Period

 

$ in millions Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2016
  Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
  Purchases1  Sales and
Issuances2
  Settlements1  Net Transfers  Ending
Balance at
June 30,
2017
  Unrealized Gains
(Losses)
 

Assets at fair value

        

Trading assets:

        

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

 $74  $(1 $  $(240 $  $167  $  $ 

Other sovereign government obligations

  6      98   (4        100    

State and municipal securities

  250   3   3   (77     (170  9    

MABS

  217   44   78   (83  (16  24   264   27 

Loans and lending commitments

  5,122   89   1,596   (1,002  (1,146  205   4,864   41 

Corporate and other debt

  475   31   290   (225  (2  124   693   30 

Corporate equities

  446   10   97   (159     106   500   15 

Net derivative and other contracts3:

        

Interest rate

  420   (66  47   (27  652   (56  970   (55

Credit

  (373  1         62   5   (305  (13

Foreign exchange

  (43  23   1   (1  8   14   2   43 

Equity

  184   118   758   (158  121   70   1,093   200 

Commodity and other

  1,600   104   9   (19  (188  3   1,509   (76

Total net derivative and other contracts

  1,788   180   815   (205  655   36   3,269   99 

Investments

  958   19   82   (28  (63  (22  946   11 

Liabilities at fair value

        

Deposits

 $42  $(1 $  $36  $  $  $79  $(1

Trading liabilities:

        

Corporate and other debt

  36      (164  129      14   15    

Corporate equities

  35      (63  5      51   28    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  149   1               148   1 

Other secured financings

  434   (23     52   (221  (44  244   (16

Borrowings

  2,014   (104     981   (288  (165  2,646   (95

 

1.

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in Purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

2.

Amounts related to entering into Net derivative and other contracts, Deposits, Other secured financings and Borrowings primarily represent issuances. Amounts for other line items primarily represent sales.

3.

Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. Amounts are presented before counterparty netting.

Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The following disclosures provide information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and their ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to be wide and not evenly distributed across the inventory. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. For qualitative information on the sensitivity of the fair value measurements to changes in the significant unobservable inputs, see Note 3 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. There are no predictable relationships between multiple significant unobservable inputs attributable to a given valuation technique. A single amount is disclosed when there is no significant difference between the minimum, maximum and average (weighted average or simple average/median).

 

  55  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

Valuation Techniques and Sensitivity of Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

 

  

Predominant Valuation Techniques/

Significant Unobservable Inputs

  

Range (Weighted Average or Simple Average/Median)1

$ in millions, except inputs  At June 30, 2018  At December 31, 2017

Recurring Fair Value Measurement

  

Assets at fair value

  

MABS ($327 and $423)

     

Comparable pricing:

 Comparable bond price  0 to 100 points (44 points)  0 to 95 points (26 points)

Loans and lending commitments ($6,923 and $5,945)

    

Margin loan model:

 Discount rate  1% to 5% (2%)  0% to 3% (1%)
  Volatility skew  15% to 55% (24%)  7% to 41% (22%)

Comparable pricing:

 Comparable loan price  55 to 101 points (94 points)  55 to 102 points (95 points)

Corporate and other debt ($701 and $701)

    

Comparable pricing:

 Comparable bond price  0 to 101 points (74 points)  3 to 134 points (59 points)

Discounted cash flow:

 Recovery rate  18%  6% to 36% (27%)
  Discount rate  8% to 20% (15%)  7% to 20% (14%)

Option model:

 At the money volatility  15% to 51% (38%)  17% to 52% (52%)

Corporate equities ($171 and $166)

    

Comparable pricing:

 Comparable equity price  100%  100%

Net derivative and other contracts2:

    

Interest rate ($567 and $1,218)

    

Option model:

 Interest rate volatility skew  28% to 94% (39% / 43%)  31% to 97% (41% / 47%)
  Inflation volatility  26% to 66% (46% / 43%)  23% to 63% (44% / 41%)
  Interest rate curve  2%  2%

Credit ($(2) and $41)

    

Comparable pricing:

 Cash synthetic basis  9 to 10 points (9 points)  12 to 13 points (12 points)
  Comparable bond price  0 to 75 points (28 points)  0 to 75 points (25 points)

Correlation model:

 Credit correlation  36% to 63% (48%)  38% to 100% (48%)

Foreign exchange3 ($(26) and $(112))

    

Option model:

 Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation  53% to 56% (55% / 55%)  54% to 57% (56% / 56%)
  Interest rate volatility skew  28% to 94% (39% / 43%)  31% to 97% (41% / 47%)
  Contingency probability  95% to 99% (97% / 97%)  95% to 100% (96% / 95%)

Equity3 ($(1,535) and $1,208)

    

Option model:

 At the money volatility  15% to 56% (34%)  7% to 54% (32%)
  Volatility skew  -3% to 0% (-1%)  -5% to 0% (-1%)
  Equity - Equity correlation  5% to 99% (80%)  5% to 99% (76%)
  Equity - Foreign exchange correlation  -60% to 55% (-55%)  -55% to 40% (36%)
  Equity - Interest rate correlation  -7% to 47% (15% / 10%)  -7% to 49% (18% / 20%)

Commodity and other ($2,032 and $1,446)

    

Option model:

 Forward power price  $6 to $133 ($30) per MWh  $4 to $102 ($31) per MWh
  Commodity volatility  5% to 219% (14%)  7% to 205% (17%)
  Cross-commodity correlation  5% to 99% (91%)  5% to 99% (92%)

Investments ($941 and $1,020)

    

Discounted cash flow:

 WACC  8% to 15% (9%)  8% to 15% (9%)
  Exit multiple  8 to 10 times (10 times)  8 to 11 times (10 times)

Market approach:

 EBITDA multiple  3 to 24 times (13 times)  6 to 25 times (11 times)

Comparable pricing:

 Comparable equity price  35% to 100% (93%)  45% to 100% (92%)

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  56  


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

  

Predominant Valuation Techniques/

Significant Unobservable Inputs

  

Range (Weighted Average or Simple Average/Median)1

$ in millions, except inputs  At June 30, 2018  At December 31, 2017

Liabilities at Fair Value

    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ($— and $150)

  

Discounted cash flow:

 Funding spread  N/A  107 to 126 bps (120 bps)

Other secured financings ($170 and $239)

    

Discounted cash flow:

 Funding spread  25 to 73 bps (49 bps)  39 to 76 bps (57 bps)

Option model:

 Volatility skew  N/A  -1%
  At the money volatility  10% to 40% (27%)  10% to 40% (26%)

Borrowings ($3,295 and $2,984)

    

Option model:

 At the money volatility  6% to 35% (23%)  5% to 35% (22%)
  Volatility skew  -2% to 0% (0%)  -2% to 0% (0%)
  Equity - Equity correlation  45% to 95% (84%)  39% to 95% (86%)
  Equity - Foreign exchange correlation  -51% to 30% (-27%)  -55% to 10% (-18%)

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurement

    

Assets at fair value

    

Loans ($1,058 and $924)

    

Corporate loan model:

 Credit spread  95 to 427 bps (166 bps)  93 to 563 bps (239 bps)

Expected recovery:

 Asset coverage  N/M  95% to 99% (95%)

 

Points—Percentage of par

1.

Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are more relevant.

2.

CVA and FVA are included in the balance but excluded from the Valuation Technique(s) and Significant Unobservable Inputs. CVA is a Level 3 input when the underlying counterparty credit curve is unobservable. FVA is a Level 3 input in its entirety given the lack of observability of funding spreads in the principal market.

3.

Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).

 

For a description of the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs and related sensitivity, see Note 3 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. During the current year period, there were no significant revisions made to the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs.

Measured Based on Net Asset Value

For a description of the Firm’s investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds, which are measured based on NAV, see Note 3 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

 

   At June 30, 2018   At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions  Carrying
Value
   Commitment   Carrying
Value
   Commitment 

Private equity

  $1,571   $289   $1,674   $308 

Real estate

   753    174    800    183 

Hedge1

   96    4    90    4 

Total

  $2,420   $467   $2,564   $495 

 

1.

Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up or gate provisions, which restrict an investor from withdrawing from the fund during a certain initial period or restrict the redemption amount on any redemption date, respectively.

Amounts in the previous table represent the Firm’s carrying value of general and limited partnership interests in fund investments, as well as any related performance fees in the form of carried interest. The carrying amounts are measured

based on the NAV of the fund taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. This same measurement applies whether investments are accounted for under the equity method or fair value.

See Note 11 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received. See Note 19 for information regarding related performance fees at risk of reversal, including performance fees in the form of carried interest.

Nonredeemable Funds by Contractual Maturity

 

   Carrying Value at June 30, 2018 
$ in millions  Private Equity         Real Estate     

Less than 5 years

  $481   $53 

5-10 years

   886    483 

Over 10 years

   204    217 

Total

  $1,571   $753 

Fair Value Option

The Firm elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models.

 

 

  57  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

Earnings Impact of Borrowings under the Fair Value Option

 

  

Three Months Ended

June 30,

  

Six Months Ended

June 30,

 
$ in millions 2018  2017  2018  2017 

Trading revenues

 $859  $(895 $885  $(2,520

Interest income (expense)

  (73  (112  (175  (231

Net revenues

 $786  $    (1,007 $710  $    (2,751

Gains (losses) are mainly attributable to changes in foreign currency rates or interest rates, or movements in the reference price or index.

The amounts in the previous table are included within Net revenues and do not reflect any gains or losses on related hedging instruments.

Gains (Losses) Due to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Risk

 

   Three Months Ended June 30, 
   2018   2017 

$ in millions

  Trading
Revenues
   OCI   Trading
Revenues
   OCI 

Borrowings

  $(3  $842   $(4  $    (281

Loans and other debt1

   63        48     

Lending commitments2

   1             
   Six Months Ended June 30, 
   2018   2017 

$ in millions

  Trading
Revenues
   OCI   Trading
Revenues
   OCI 

Borrowings

  $(18  $    1,435   $(8  $    (267

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

       2        (3

Loans and other debt1

   144        45     

Lending commitments2

   3             

 

$ in millions 

At

June 30, 2018

  

At

December 31, 2017

 

Cumulative pre-tax DVA gain (loss) recognized in AOCI

 $(392 $(1,831

 

1.

Loans and other debt instrument-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses.

2.

Gains (losses) on lending commitments were generally determined based on the difference between estimated expected client yields and contractual yields at each respective period-end.

Borrowings Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

$ in millions  

At

June 30,

2018

   At
December 31,
2017
 

Business Unit Responsible for Risk Management

 

Equity

  $26,139   $25,903 

Interest rates

   20,541    19,230 

Foreign exchange

   822    666 

Credit

   845    815 

Commodities

   2,003    298 

Total

  $50,350   $46,912 

Excess of Contractual Principal Amount Over Fair Value

 

$ in millions  

At

June 30,
2018

   At
December 31,
2017
 

Loans and other debt1

  $13,748   $13,481 

Loans 90 or more days past due and/or on nonaccrual status1

   10,977    11,253 

Borrowings2

   1,830    71 

 

1.

The majority of the difference between principal and fair value amounts for loans and other debt relates to distressed debt positions purchased at amounts well below par.

2.

Borrowings in this table do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in a reference price or index.

Fair Value Loans on Nonaccrual Status

 

$ in millions  

At

June 30,
2018

   At
December 31,
2017
 

Nonaccrual loans

  $1,705   $1,240 

Nonaccrual loans 90 or more
days past due

  $965   $779 

The previous tables exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to failed sales of financial assets, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.

Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Carrying and Fair Values

 

   At June 30, 2018 
   Fair Value 
$ in millions  Level 2   Level 31   Total 

Assets

      

Loans

  $1,481   $1,058   $2,539 

Other assets—Other investments

   17    36    53 

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software

            

Total

  $1,498   $1,094   $2,592 

Liabilities

      

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments

  $210   $42   $252 

Total

  $210   $42   $252 
 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  58  


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

   At December 31, 2017 
   Fair Value 
$ in millions  Level 2   Level 31   Total 

Assets

      

Loans

  $1,394   $924   $2,318 

Other assets—Other investments

       144    144 

Total

  $1,394   $1,068   $2,462 

Liabilities

      

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments

  $158   $38   $196 

Total

  $158   $38   $196 

 

1.

For significant Level 3 balances, refer to “Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements” section herein for details of the significant unobservable inputs used for nonrecurring fair value measurement.

Gains (Losses) from Fair Value Remeasurements1

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
$ in millions  2018   2017   2018   2017 

Assets

        

Loans2

  $(1  $20   $8   $44 

Other assets—Other investments3

   (7       (7    

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software4

   (2   (1   (10   (6

Total

  $(10  $19   $(9  $38 

Liabilities

        

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—
Lending commitments2

  $(30  $21   $(12  $48 

Total

  $(30  $21   $(12  $48 

 

1.

Gains and losses for Loans and Other assets—Other investments are classified in Other revenues. For other items, gains and losses are recorded in Other revenues if the item is held for sale, otherwise in Other expenses.

2.

Nonrecurring changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments were calculated as follows: for the held for investment category, based on the value of the underlying collateral; and for the held for sale category, based on recently executed transactions, market price quotations, valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and CDS spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

3.

Losses related to Other assets—Other investments were determined using techniques that included discounted cash flow models, methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies and recently executed transactions.

4.

Losses related to Other assets—Premises, equipment and software were determined using techniques that included a default recovery analysis and recently executed transactions.

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value

 

  At June 30, 2018 
  Carrying  Fair Value 
$ in millions Value  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 

Financial Assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

    

Cash and due from banks

 $30,176  $  30,176  $  $  $30,176 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  18,707   18,707         18,707 

Restricted cash

  32,706   32,706         32,706 

Investment securities—HTM

  25,244   12,656   11,188   331   24,175 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  93,928      93,844      93,844 

Securities borrowed

  153,248      153,193      153,193 

Customer and other receivables1

  55,598      52,108   3,305   55,413 

Loans2

  112,113      24,963   86,827   111,790 

Other assets

  427      427      427 

Financial Liabilities

     

Deposits

 $  172,517  $  $  172,488  $  $  172,488 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  49,862      49,398   404   49,802 

Securities loaned

  12,720      12,611   175   12,786 

Other secured financings

  6,284      4,621   1,674   6,295 

Customer and other payables1

  198,236      198,236      198,236 

Borrowings

  141,894      145,351   30   145,381 

 

  At December 31, 2017 
  Carrying  Fair Value 
$ in millions Value  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 

Financial Assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

    

Cash and due from banks

 $24,816  $  24,816  $  $  $24,816 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  21,348   21,348         21,348 

Restricted cash

  34,231   34,231         34,231 

Investment securities—HTM

  23,599   11,119   11,673   289   23,081 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  84,258      78,239   5,978   84,217 

Securities borrowed

  124,010      124,018   1   124,019 

Customer and other receivables1

  51,269      47,159   3,984   51,143 

Loans2

  104,126      21,290     82,928   104,218 

Other assets

  433      433      433 

Financial Liabilities

     

Deposits

 $  159,232  $  $  159,232  $  $  159,232 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  55,624      51,752   3,867   55,619 

Securities loaned

  13,592      13,191   401   13,592 

Other secured financings

  7,408      5,987   1,431   7,418 

Customer and other payables1

  188,464      188,464      188,464 

Borrowings

  145,670      151,692   30   151,722 

 

1.

Accrued interest and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.

2.

Amounts include loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

 

 

  59  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

Commitments—Held for Investment and Held for Sale

 

   

Commitment

Amount1

   Fair Value 
$ in millions  Level 2   Level 3   Total 

June 30, 2018

  $122,253   $  820   $  200   $    1,020 

December 31, 2017

   100,151    620    174    794 

 

1.

For further discussion on lending commitments, see Note 11.

The previous tables exclude certain financial instruments such as equity method investments and allnon-financial assets and liabilities such as the value of the long-term relationships with the Firm’s deposit customers. During the current year period, there were no significant updates made to the Firm’s valuation techniques for financial instruments not measured at fair value.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  60  


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

4. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

Derivative Fair Values 

At June 30, 2018

 

  Assets 

$ in millions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 $638  $1  $  $639 

Foreign exchange contracts

  174   61      235 

Total

  812   62      874 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

  165,607   1,795   628   168,030 

Credit contracts

  4,389   1,431      5,820 

Foreign exchange contracts

  63,383   1,740   237   65,360 

Equity contracts

  24,804      21,843   46,647 

Commodity and other contracts

  10,108      1,617   11,725 

Total

  268,291   4,966   24,325   297,582 

Total gross derivatives

 $    269,103  $    5,028  $    24,325  $    298,456 

Amounts offset

 

 

Counterparty netting

  (199,543  (4,098  (20,669  (224,310

Cash collateral netting

  (41,007  (585     (41,592

Total in Trading assets

 $28,553  $345  $3,656  $32,554 

Amounts not offset1

 

 

Financial instruments collateral

  (12,869        (12,869

Other cash collateral

  (27        (27

Net amounts

 $15,657  $345  $3,656  $19,658 

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

 

 $4,484 

 

  Liabilities 

$ in millions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 $209  $4  $  $213 

Foreign exchange contracts

  18   1      19 

Total

  227   5      232 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

  151,813   1,275   657   153,745 

Credit contracts

  4,395   1,748      6,143 

Foreign exchange contracts

  59,766   1,802   133   61,701 

Equity contracts

  26,776      21,227   48,003 

Commodity and other contracts

  9,106      1,708   10,814 

Total

  251,856   4,825   23,725   280,406 

Total gross derivatives

 $    252,083  $    4,830  $    23,725  $    280,638 

Amounts offset

 

 

Counterparty netting

  (199,543  (4,098  (20,669  (224,310

Cash collateral netting

  (29,119  (367     (29,486

Total in Trading liabilities

 $23,421  $365  $3,056  $26,842 

Amounts not offset1

 

 

Financial instruments collateral

  (4,599     (364  (4,963

Other cash collateral

  (31        (31

Net amounts

 $18,791  $365  $2,692  $21,848 

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

 

 $4,980 

 

At December 31, 2017 
  Assets 

$ in millions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 $1,057  $  $  $1,057 

Foreign exchange contracts

  57   6      63 

Total

  1,114   6      1,120 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

  177,948   1,700   234   179,882 

Credit contracts

  5,740   2,282      8,022 

Foreign exchange contracts

  52,878   798   58   53,734 

Equity contracts

  24,452      20,538   44,990 

Commodity and other contracts

  8,861      1,802   10,663 

Total

  269,879   4,780   22,632   297,291 

Total gross derivatives

 $    270,993  $    4,786  $    22,632  $    298,411 

Amounts offset

 

 

Counterparty netting

  (201,051  (3,856  (19,861  (224,768

Cash collateral netting

  (42,141  (689     (42,830

Total in Trading assets

 $27,801  $241  $2,771  $30,813 

Amounts not offset1

 

 

Financial instruments collateral

  (12,363        (12,363

Other cash collateral

  (4        (4

Net amounts

 $15,434  $241  $2,771  $18,446 

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

 

 $3,154 

 

  Liabilities 

$ in millions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 $67  $1  $  $68 

Foreign exchange contracts

  72   57      129 

Total

  139   58      197 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

  161,758   1,178   144   163,080 

Credit contracts

  6,273   2,272      8,545 

Foreign exchange contracts

  54,191   925   23   55,139 

Equity contracts

  27,993      19,996   47,989 

Commodity and other contracts

  7,117      1,772   8,889 

Total

  257,332   4,375   21,935   283,642 

Total gross derivatives

 $    257,471  $    4,433  $    21,935  $    283,839 

Amounts offset

 

 

Counterparty netting

  (201,051  (3,856  (19,861  (224,768

Cash collateral netting

  (31,892  (484     (32,376

Total in Trading liabilities

 $24,528  $93  $2,074  $26,695 

Amounts not offset1

 

 

Financial instruments collateral

  (5,523     (412  (5,935

Other cash collateral

  (18  (14     (32

Net amounts

 $18,987  $79  $1,662  $20,728 

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

 

 $3,751 

 

1.

Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

 

 

  61  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

See Note 3 for information related to the unsettled fair value of futures contracts not designated as accounting hedges, which are excluded from the tables above.

Derivative Notionals

 

At June 30, 2018

 

  Assets 
$ in billions Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 $16  $32  $  $48 

Foreign exchange contracts

  7   2      9 

Total

  23   34      57 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

  4,739   8,012   3,181   15,932 

Credit contracts

  143   68      211 

Foreign exchange contracts

  2,402   88   18   2,508 

Equity contracts

  417      378   795 

Commodity and other contracts

  90      60   150 

Total

  7,791   8,168   3,637   19,596 

Total gross derivatives

 $    7,814  $    8,202  $3,637  $    19,653 

 

  Liabilities 

$ in billions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 $2  $130  $  $132 

Foreign exchange contracts

  2         2 

Total

  4   130      134 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

  5,030   7,184   1,246   13,460 

Credit contracts

  146   75      221 

Foreign exchange contracts

  2,278   86   10   2,374 

Equity contracts

  414      467   881 

Commodity and other contracts

  83      53   136 

Total

  7,951   7,345   1,776   17,072 

Total gross derivatives

 $    7,955  $    7,475  $  1,776  $    17,206 

 

At December 31, 2017

 

  Assets 

$ in billions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 $20  $46  $  $66 

Foreign exchange contracts

  4         4 

Total

  24   46      70 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

  3,999   6,458   2,714   13,171 

Credit contracts

  194   100      294 

Foreign exchange contracts

  1,960   67   9   2,036 

Equity contracts

  397      334   731 

Commodity and other contracts

  86      72   158 

Total

  6,636   6,625   3,129   16,390 

Total gross derivatives

 $    6,660  $    6,671  $    3,129  $    16,460 
  Liabilities 

$ in billions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 $2  $102  $  $104 

Foreign exchange contracts

  4   2      6 

Total

  6   104      110 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

 

Interest rate contracts

  4,199   6,325   1,089   11,613 

Credit contracts

  226   80      306 

Foreign exchange contracts

  2,014   78   51   2,143 

Equity contracts

  394      405   799 

Commodity and other contracts

  68      61   129 

Total

  6,901   6,483   1,606   14,990 

Total gross derivatives

 $    6,907  $    6,587  $    1,606  $    15,100 

The Firm believes that the notional amounts of derivative contracts generally overstate its exposure.

For information related to offsetting of certain collateralized transactions, see Note 6. For a discussion of the Firm’s derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Gains (Losses) on Accounting Hedges

 

   Three Months Ended  Six Months Ended 
   June 30,  June 30, 
$ in millions  2018  2017  2018  2017 

Fair Value Hedges—Recognized in Interest Expense

 

Interest rate contracts

  $(619 $138  $(2,460 $(660

Borrowings

           587       (213          2,439  $        495 

Net Investment Hedges—Foreign exchange contracts

 

Recognized in OCI

  $395  $(47 $247  $(251

Forward points excluded from hedge effectiveness testing—Recognized in Interest income

  $24  $(9 $31  $(19

Borrowings under Fair Value Hedges

 

$ in millions  At June 30,
2018
 

Carrying amount of Borrowings currently or previously hedged

  $104,509 

Basis adjustments included in carrying amount

  $(2,624

Hedge accounting basis adjustments for Borrowings are primarily related to outstanding hedges.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  62  


Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)  LOGO

 

Trading Revenues by Product Type

 

  Three Months Ended  Six Months Ended 
  June 30,  June 30, 
$ in millions 2018  2017  2018  2017 

Interest rate contracts

 $781  $451  $1,652  $1,045 

Foreign exchange contracts

  138   197   399   432 

Equity security and index contracts1

  1,785   1,818   3,661   3,459 

Commodity and other contracts

  358   110   794   299 

Credit contracts

  231   355   557   931 

Total

 $      3,293  $      2,931  $      7,063  $      6,166 

 

1.

Dividend income is included within equity security and index contracts.

The previous table summarizes gains and losses included in Trading revenues in the income statements. These activities include revenues related to derivative and non-derivative financial instruments. The Firm generally utilizes financial instruments across a variety of product types in connection with its market-making and related risk management strategies. The trading revenues presented in the table are not representative of the manner in which the Firm manages its business activities and are prepared in a manner similar to the presentation of trading revenues for regulatory reporting purposes.

Credit Risk-Related Contingencies

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Firm may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit rating downgrade of the Firm.

Net Derivative Liabilities and Collateral Posted

 

$ in millions 

At

June 30,
2018

  At
December 31,
2017
 

Net derivative liabilities with credit risk-related contingent features

 $        17,026  $20,675 

Collateral posted

  14,494   16,642 

The previous table presents the aggregate fair value of certain derivative contracts that contain credit risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position for which the Firm has posted collateral in the normal course of business.

Incremental Collateral or Termination Payments upon Potential Future Ratings Downgrade

 

$ in millions 

At

June 30,
2018

 

One-notch downgrade

 $              647 

Two-notch downgrade

  367 

Bilateral downgrade agreements included in the amounts above1

 $881 
1.

Amount represents arrangements between the Firm and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are used by the Firm to manage the risk of counterparty downgrades.

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and S&P Global Ratings. The previous table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.

Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts

The Firm enters into credit derivatives, principally CDS, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Firm’s counterparties for these derivatives are banks, broker-dealers, and insurance and other financial institutions.

For further information on credit derivatives and other credit contracts, see Note 4 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Protection Sold and Purchased with CDS

 

  At June 30, 2018 
  Fair Value (Asset)/Liability  Notional 
  Protection  Protection  Protection  Protection 
$ in millions Sold  Purchased  Sold  Purchased 

Single name

 $(517 $688  $119,286  $133,926 

Index and basket

  456   (501  74,089   86,016 

Tranched index and basket

  (146  343   6,072   12,347 

Total

 $(207 $530  $199,447  $232,289 

Single name and non-tranched index and basket with identical underlying reference obligations

 

 $    193,224  $    219,407 

 

  At December 31, 2017 
  Fair Value (Asset)/Liability  Notional 
  Protection  Protection  Protection  Protection 
$ in millions Sold  Purchased  Sold  Purchased 

Single name

 $(1,277 $1,658  $146,948  $164,773 

Index and basket

  (341  209   131,073   120,348 

Tranched index and basket

  (342  616   11,864   24,498 

Total

 $    (1,960 $    2,483  $289,885  $309,619 

Single name andnon-tranched index and basket with identical underlying reference obligations

 

 $    274,473  $    281,162 
 

 

  63  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

Credit Ratings of Reference Obligation and Maturities of Credit Protection Sold

 

   At June 30, 2018 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional   Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability
 
   Years to Maturity 
$ in millions  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total 

Single name CDS

            

Investment grade

  $28,320   $31,006   $18,746   $8,410   $86,482   $(425

Non-investment grade

   11,423    12,571    8,019    791    32,804    (92

Total single name CDS

  $39,743   $43,577   $26,765   $9,201   $119,286   $(517

Index and basket CDS

            

Investment grade

  $6,604   $8,565   $17,286   $8,006   $40,461   $(474

Non-investment grade

   3,808    7,521    18,934    9,437    39,700    784 

Total index and basket CDS

  $10,412   $16,086   $36,220   $17,443   $80,161   $310 

Total CDS sold

  $50,155   $59,663   $62,985   $26,644   $199,447   $(207

Other credit contracts

               119    119    11 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

  $50,155   $59,663   $62,985   $26,763   $199,566   $(196

 

   At December 31, 2017 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional   Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability
 
   Years to Maturity 
$ in millions  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total 

Single name CDS

            

Investment grade

  $39,721   $42,591   $18,157   $8,872   $109,341   $(1,167

Non-investment grade

   14,213    16,293    6,193    908    37,607    (110

Total single name CDS

  $53,934   $58,884   $24,350   $9,780   $146,948   $(1,277

Index and basket CDS

            

Investment grade

  $29,046   $15,418   $37,343   $6,807   $88,614   $(1,091

Non-investment grade

   5,246    7,371    32,417    9,289    54,323    408 

Total index and basket CDS

  $34,292   $22,789   $69,760   $16,096   $142,937   $(683

Total CDS sold

  $88,226   $81,673   $94,110   $25,876   $289,885   $(1,960

Other credit contracts

   2            134    136    16 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

  $88,228   $81,673   $94,110   $26,010   $290,021   $(1,944

 

The fair value amounts as shown in the previous table are on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the CDS, a breakdown of CDS based on the Firm’s internal credit ratings by investment grade and non-investment grade is provided.

Internal credit ratings serve as the Credit Risk Management Department’s assessment of credit risk and the basis for a comprehensive credit limits framework used to control credit risk. The Firm uses quantitative models and judgment to estimate the various risk parameters related to each obligor.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  64  


Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)  LOGO

 

5. Investment Securities

AFS and HTM Securities

 

  At June 30, 2018 

$ in millions

 Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value 

AFS securities

    

U.S. government and agency securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

 $31,725  $2  $906  $    30,821 

U.S. agency securities1

  20,808   20   571   20,257 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  52,533   22   1,477   51,078 

Corporate and other debt:

    

Agency CMBS

  1,233   1   67   1,167 

Non-agency CMBS

  757   1   17   741 

Corporate bonds

  1,329      33   1,296 

CLO

  313   1      314 

FFELP student loan ABS2

  2,098   16   6   2,108 

Total corporate and other debt

  5,730   19   123   5,626 

Total AFS securities

  58,263   41   1,600   56,704 

HTM securities

    

U.S. government and agency securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

  13,188   1   533   12,656 

U.S. agency securities1

  11,716      528   11,188 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  24,904   1   1,061   23,844 

Corporate and other debt:

    

Non-agency CMBS

  340      9   331 

Total HTM securities

  25,244   1   1,070   24,175 

Total investment securities

 $83,507  $42  $2,670  $80,879 
  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value 

AFS debt securities

    

U.S. government and agency securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

 $26,842  $  $589  $26,253 

U.S. agency securities1

  22,803   28   247   22,584 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  49,645   28   836   48,837 

Corporate and other debt:

    

Agency CMBS

  1,370   2   49   1,323 

Non-agency CMBS

  1,102      8   1,094 

Corporate bonds

  1,379   5   12   1,372 

CLO

  398   1      399 

FFELP student loan ABS2

  2,165   15   7   2,173 

Total corporate and other debt

  6,414   23   76   6,361 

Total AFS debt securities

  56,059   51   912   55,198 

AFS equity securities

  15      10   5 

Total AFS securities

  56,074   51   922   55,203 

HTM securities

    

U.S. government and agency securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

  11,424      305   11,119 

U.S. agency securities1

  11,886   7   220   11,673 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  23,310   7   525   22,792 

Corporate and other debt:

    

Non-agency CMBS

  289   1   1   289 

Total HTM securities

  23,599   8   526   23,081 

Total investment securities

 $79,673  $59  $1,448  $    78,284 

 

1.

U.S. agency securities consist mainly of agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and CMOs.

2.

Amounts are backed by a guarantee from the U.S. Department of Education of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest on such loans.

 

 

  65  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

Investment Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position

 

   At June 30, 2018 
   Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Longer   Total 
  

 

 

 
$ in millions  Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

AFS securities

            

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

  $24,282   $779   $4,591   $127   $28,873   $906 

U.S. agency securities

   13,684    459    2,381    112    16,065    571 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   37,966    1,238    6,972    239    44,938    1,477 

Corporate and other debt:

            

Agency CMBS

   852    67            852    67 

Non-agency CMBS

   338    6    211    11    549    17 

Corporate bonds

   858    16    380    17    1,238    33 

FFELP student loan ABS

   892    6            892    6 

Total corporate and other debt

   2,940    95    591    28    3,531    123 

Total AFS securities

   40,906    1,333    7,563    267    48,469    1,600 

HTM securities

            

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

   5,866    197    5,614    336    11,480    533 

U.S. agency securities

   4,566    140    6,622    388    11,188    528 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   10,432    337    12,236    724    22,668    1,061 

Corporate and other debt:

            

Non-agency CMBS

   209    7    41    2    250    9 

Total HTM securities

   10,641    344    12,277    726    22,918    1,070 

Total investment securities

  $51,547   $1,677   $19,840   $993   $71,387   $2,670 
   At December 31, 2017 
   Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Longer   Total 
  

 

 

 
$ in millions  Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

AFS debt securities

            

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

  $21,941   $495   $4,287   $94   $26,228   $589 

U.S. agency securities

   12,673    192    2,513    55    15,186    247 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   34,614    687    6,800    149    41,414    836 

Corporate and other debt:

            

Agency CMBS

   930    49            930    49 

Non-agency CMBS

   257    1    559    7    816    8 

Corporate bonds

   316    3    389    9    705    12 

FFELP student loan ABS

   984    7            984    7 

Total corporate and other debt

   2,487    60    948    16    3,435    76 

Total AFS debt securities

   37,101    747    7,748    165    44,849    912 

AFS equity securities

           5    10    5    10 

Total AFS securities

   37,101    747    7,753    175    44,854    922 

HTM securities

            

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

   6,608    86    4,512    219    11,120    305 

U.S. agency securities

   2,879    24    7,298    196    10,177    220 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   9,487    110    11,810    415    21,297    525 

Corporate and other debt:

            

Non-agency CMBS

   124    1            124    1 

Total HTM securities

   9,611    111    11,810    415    21,421    526 

Total investment securities

  $46,712   $858   $19,563   $590   $66,275   $1,448 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  66  


Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)  LOGO

 

The Firm believes there are no securities in an unrealized loss position that are other-than-temporarily impaired after performing the analysis described in Note 2 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. For AFS debt securities, the Firm does not intend to sell the securities and is not likely to be required to sell the securities prior to recovery of amortized cost basis. Furthermore, for AFS and HTM debt securities, the securities have not experienced credit losses as the net unrealized losses reported in the previous table are primarily due to higher interest rates since those securities were purchased.

See Note 12 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency CMBS, CLO and FFELP student loan ABS.

Investment Securities by Contractual Maturity

 

  At June 30, 2018 

$ in millions

 Amortized
Cost
  Fair Value  Annualized
Average
Yield
 

AFS securities

   

U.S. government and agency securities:

   

U.S. Treasury securities:

   

Due within 1 year

 $3,554  $3,539   1.0% 

After 1 year through 5 years

  24,707   24,102   1.8% 

After 5 years through 10 years

  3,464   3,180   1.5% 

Total

  31,725   30,821     

U.S. agency securities:

   

Due within 1 year

  94   93   1.1% 

After 1 year through 5 years

  1,222   1,200   1.1% 

After 5 years through 10 years

  1,780   1,712   1.8% 

After 10 years

  17,712   17,252   2.0% 

Total

  20,808   20,257     

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  52,533   51,078   1.8% 

Corporate and other debt:

   

Agency CMBS:

   

Due within 1 year

  4   4   1.3% 

After 1 year through 5 years

  403   401   1.3% 

After 5 years through 10 years

  44   44   1.2% 

After 10 years

  782   718   1.6% 

Total

  1,233   1,167     

Non-agency CMBS:

   

After 5 years through 10 years

  36   34   2.5% 

After 10 years

  721   707   1.9% 

Total

  757   741     

Corporate bonds:

   

Due within 1 year

  81   81   1.6% 

After 1 year through 5 years

  1,209   1,178   2.4% 

After 5 years through 10 years

  39   37   2.6% 

Total

  1,329   1,296     

CLO:

   

After 5 years through 10 years

  115   115   1.4% 

After 10 years

  198   199   2.4% 

Total

  313   314     
  At June 30, 2018 
$ in millions Amortized
Cost
  Fair Value  Annualized
Average
Yield
 

FFELP student loan ABS:

   

After 1 year through 5 years

 $88  $87   0.8% 

After 5 years through 10 years

  332   330   0.8% 

After 10 years

  1,678   1,691   1.1% 

Total

  2,098   2,108     

Total corporate and other debt

  5,730   5,626   1.6% 

Total AFS securities

  58,263   56,704   1.8% 

HTM securities

   

U.S. government securities:

   

U.S. Treasury securities:

   

Due within 1 year

  2,127   2,114   1.2% 

After 1 year through 5 years

  5,223   5,129   2.0% 

After 5 years through 10 years

  5,112   4,777   1.9% 

After 10 years

  726   636   2.3% 

Total

  13,188   12,656     

U.S. agency securities:

   

After 5 years through 10 years

  33   32   1.9% 

After 10 years

  11,683   11,156   2.6% 

Total

  11,716   11,188     

Total U.S. government and agency

   

securities

  24,904   23,844   2.2% 

Corporate and other debt:

   

Non-agency CMBS:

   

Due within 1 year

  23   23   3.7% 

After 1 year through 5 years

  63   63   3.7% 

After 5 years through 10 years

  235   227   3.9% 

After 10 years

  19   18   4.1% 

Total corporate and other debt

  340   331   3.9% 

Total HTM securities

  25,244   24,175   2.2% 

Total investment securities

 $83,507  $80,879   1.9% 

Gross Realized Gains and Losses on Sales of AFS Securities

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
$ in millions 2018  2017  2018  2017 

Gross realized gains

 $6  $23  $7  $27 

Gross realized (losses)

  (3  (9  (4  (11

Total1

 $3  $14  $3  $16 

 

1.

Gross realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the income statements.

 

 

  67  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

6. Collateralized Transactions

The Firm enters into securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance its inventory positions. For further discussion of the Firm’s collateralized transactions, see Note 6 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Offsetting of Certain Collateralized Transactions

 

  At June 30, 2018 

$ in millions

 Gross
Amounts
  

Amounts

Offset

  Net
Amounts
Presented
  Amounts
Not Offset1
  Net
Amounts
 

Assets

     

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 $  226,847  $  (132,919)  $93,928  $(88,769)  $  5,159 

Securities borrowed

  169,491   (16,243)     153,248     (147,966)   5,282 

Liabilities

     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 $183,569  $(132,919)  $50,650  $(43,738)  $6,912 

Securities loaned

  28,963   (16,243)   12,720   (12,672)   48 

Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

 $4,974 

Securities borrowed

                  998 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

  5,693 

Securities loaned

                  19 

 

  At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

 Gross
Amounts
  Amounts
Offset
  Net
Amounts
Presented
  Amounts
Not Offset1
  Net
Amounts
 

Assets

     

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 $  199,044  $  (114,786)  $84,258  $(78,009)  $  6,249 

Securities borrowed

  133,431   (9,421)     124,010     (119,358)   4,652 

Liabilities

     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 $171,210  $(114,786)  $56,424  $(48,067)  $8,357 

Securities loaned

  23,014   (9,422)   13,592   (13,271)   321 

Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

 $5,687 

Securities borrowed

                  572 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

  6,945 

Securities loaned

                  307 

 

1.

Amounts relate to master netting agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

For information related to offsetting of derivatives, see Note 4.

Maturities and Collateral Pledged

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Remaining Contractual Maturity

 

  At June 30, 2018 

$ in millions

 

Overnight

and Open

  

Less than

30 Days

  30-90
Days
  

Over

90 Days

  Total 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 $44,577  $67,770  $30,336  $40,886  $183,569 

Securities loaned

  17,693   2,430   2,228   6,612   28,963 

Total included in the offsetting disclosure

 $62,270  $70,200  $32,564  $47,498  $212,532 

Trading liabilities—

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  19,646            19,646 

Total

 $81,916  $70,200  $  32,564  $  47,498  $  232,178 

 

  At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

 

Overnight

and Open

  

Less than

30 Days

  30-90
Days
  

Over

90 Days

  Total 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 $41,332  $66,593  $28,682  $34,603  $171,210 

Securities loaned

  12,130   873   1,577   8,434   23,014 

Total included in the offsetting disclosure

 $53,462  $67,466  $30,259  $43,037  $194,224 

Trading liabilities—

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  22,555            22,555 

Total

 $76,017  $67,466  $  30,259  $  43,037  $  216,779 

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Class of Collateral Pledged

 

$ in millions  

At

June 30,

2018

   

At

December 31,
2017

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

  $40,728   $43,346 

State and municipal securities

   1,432    2,451 

Other sovereign government obligations

   109,893    87,141 

ABS

   2,088    1,130 

Corporate and other debt

   8,286    7,737 

Corporate equities

   20,348    28,497 

Other

   794    908 

Total

  $      183,569   $171,210 

Securities loaned

    

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

  $1   $81 

Other sovereign government obligations

   16,530    9,489 

Corporate and other debt

   18    14 

Corporate equities

   12,048    13,174 

Other

   366    256 

Total

  $28,963   $23,014 

Total included in the offsetting disclosure

  $212,532   $194,224 

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral

 

Corporate equities

  $19,646   $22,555 

Total

  $232,178   $216,779 
 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  68  


Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)  LOGO

 

Assets Pledged

The Firm pledges its trading assets and loans to collateralize securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities loaned, other secured financings and derivatives. Counterparties may or may not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral.

Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged to various parties) in the balance sheets.

 

Carrying Value of Assets Loaned or Pledged without Counterparty
Right to Sell or Repledge
 
$ in millions 

At

June 30,

2018

  

At

December 31,

2017

 

Trading assets

 $      32,682  $31,324 

Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses)

     228 

Total

 $32,682  $31,552 

Collateral Received

The Firm receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed, securities-for-securities transactions, derivative transactions, customer margin loans and securities-based lending. In many cases, the Firm is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions.

 

Fair Value of Collateral Received with Right to Sell or Repledge 
$ in millions 

At

June 30,

2018

  

At

December 31,

2017

 

Collateral received with right to sell or repledge

 $      668,906  $599,244 

Collateral that was sold or repledged

  528,660   475,113 

Customer Margin Lending and Other

 

$ in millions 

At

June 30,

2018

  

At

December 31,

2017

 

Net customer receivables representing margin loans

 $      32,811  $32,112 

The Firm provides margin lending arrangements which allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. Customer receivables representing margin loans are included within Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets. Under these agreements and transactions, the Firm receives collateral, including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations,

corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activities are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Firm. The Firm monitors required margin levels and established credit terms daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary.

For a further discussion of the Firm’s margin lending activities, see Note 6 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

The Firm has additional secured liabilities. For a further discussion of other secured financings, see Note 10.

 

Restricted Cash and Segregated Securities 
$ in millions 

At

June 30,

2018

  

At

December 31,

2017

 

Restricted cash

 $32,706  $34,231 

Segregated securities1

  25,974   20,549 

Total

 $58,680  $54,780 

 

1.

Securities segregated under federal regulations for the Firm’s U.S. broker-dealers are sourced from Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Trading assets in the balance sheets.

7. Loans, Lending Commitments and Allowance for Credit Losses

Loans

The Firm’s loans held for investment are recorded at amortized cost, and its loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value in the balance sheets. For a further description of these loans, refer to Note 7 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. See Note 3 for further information regarding Loans and lending commitments held at fair value. See Note 11 for details of current commitments to lend in the future.

 

Loans by Type 
  At June 30, 2018 
$ in millions Loans Held
  for Investment
    Loans Held
for Sale
    Total Loans 

Corporate loans

 $32,382  $13,366  $45,748 

Consumer loans

  27,954      27,954 

Residential real estate loans

  26,405   30   26,435 

Wholesale real estate loans

  9,866   2,351   12,217 

Total loans, gross

  96,607   15,747   112,354 

Allowance for loan losses

  (241     (241

Total loans, net

 $96,366  $  15,747  $  112,113 

Fixed rate loans, net

         $14,593 

Floating or adjustable rate loans, net

 

      97,520 

Loans tonon-U.S. borrowers, net

 

      15,417 
 

 

  69  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions Loans Held
  for Investment
    Loans Held
for Sale
    Total Loans 

Corporate loans

 $29,754  $9,456  $39,210 

Consumer loans

  26,808      26,808 

Residential real estate loans

  26,635   35   26,670 

Wholesale real estate loans

  9,980   1,682   11,662 

Total loans, gross

  93,177   11,173   104,350 

Allowance for loan losses

  (224     (224

Total loans, net

 $92,953  $  11,173  $  104,126 

Fixed rate loans, net

 

 $13,339 

Floating or adjustable rate loans, net

 

  90,787 

Loans tonon-U.S. borrowers, net

 

  9,977 

Credit Quality

For a further discussion about the Firm’s evaluation of credit transactions and monitoring and credit quality indicators, as well as factors considered by the Firm in determining the allowance for loan losses and impairments, see Notes 2 and 7 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Loans Held for Investment before Allowance by Credit Quality

  At June 30, 2018 

$ in millions

 Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real Estate

  

Wholesale

Real Estate

  Total 

Pass

 $31,829  $27,949  $26,333  $8,794  $94,905 

Special mention

  187   5      555   747 

Substandard

  361      72   517   950 

Doubtful

  5            5 

Loss

               

Total

 $32,382  $    27,954  $       26,405  $         9,866  $  96,607 

 

  At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

 Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real Estate

  

Wholesale

Real Estate

  Total 

Pass

 $29,166  $26,802  $26,562  $9,480  $92,010 

Special mention

  188   6      200   394 

Substandard

  393      73   300   766 

Doubtful

  7            7 

Loss

               

Total

 $29,754  $    26,808  $       26,635  $         9,980  $  93,177 

The following loans and lending commitments have been evaluated for a specific allowance. All remaining loans and lending commitments are assessed under the inherent allowance methodology.

Impaired Loans and Lending Commitments before Allowance

  At June 30, 2018 
$ in millions Corporate  Residential
Real Estate
  Total 

Loans

   

With allowance

 $17  $  $17 

Without allowance1

  80   46   126 

Total impaired loans

 $97  $46  $143 

UPB

  106   46   152 

Lending Commitments

   

With allowance

 $9  $  $9 

Without allowance1

 $            193  $  $            193 
  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions Corporate  Residential
Real Estate
  Total 

Loans

   

With allowance

 $16  $  $16 

Without allowance1

  118   45   163 

Total impaired loans

 $134  $45  $179 

UPB

  146   46   192 

Lending Commitments

   

Without allowance1

 $199  $  $199 

 

1.

At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, no allowance was recorded for these loans and lending commitments as the present value of the expected future cash flows (or, alternatively, the observable market price of the instrument or the fair value of the collateral held) equaled or exceeded the carrying value.

 

Impaired Loans and Total Allowance by Region    
  At June 30, 2018 
$ in millions Americas  EMEA  Asia  Total 

Impaired loans

 $          139  $  $4  $143 

Total Allowance for loan losses

  201             39   1   241 
  At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

 Americas  EMEA  Asia  Total 

Impaired loans

 $160  $9  $          10  $          179 

Total Allowance for loan losses

  194   27   3   224 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings 
$ in millions At June 30,
2018
  At December 31,
2017
 

Loans

 $                      65  $                      51 

Lending commitments

  20   28 

Allowance for loan losses and lending commitments

  4   10 

Impaired loans and lending commitments classified as held for investment within corporate loans include TDRs as shown in the previous table. These restructurings typically include modifications of interest rates, collateral requirements, other loan covenants and payment extensions.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  70  


Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)  LOGO

 

Allowance for Loan Losses Rollforward    
$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  Residential
Real Estate
  Wholesale
Real Estate
  Total 

December 31, 2017

 $        126  $            4  $            24  $            70  $224 

Gross charge-offs

  (1           (1

Recoveries1

  54            54 

Net recoveries (charge-offs)

  53            53 

Provision (release)1, 2

  (51  1   (5  21   (34

Other

  (1     (1     (2

June 30, 2018

 $127  $5  $18  $91  $241 

Inherent

 $123  $5  $18  $91  $            237 

Specific

  4            4 
$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  Residential
Real Estate
  Wholesale
Real Estate
  Total 

December 31, 2016

 $195  $4  $20  $55  $274 

Recoveries

  1            1 

Provision (release)2

  14      1   14   29 

Other

  1         1   2 

June 30, 2017

 $211  $4  $21  $70  $306 

Inherent

 $142  $4  $21  $70  $            237 

Specific

  69            69 

 

1.

The current quarter release was primarily due to the recovery of a previously charged off energy industry related loan.

2.

The Firm recorded a release of $53 million, and a provision of $7 million for loan losses in the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively.

 

Allowance for Lending Commitments Rollforward 
$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  Residential
Real Estate
  Wholesale
Real Estate
  Total 

December 31, 2017

 $        194  $            1  $            —  $3  $198 

Provision (release)1

  5                     —   5 

Other

           (1  (1

June 30, 2018

 $199  $1  $  $2  $202 

Inherent

 $195  $1  $  $2  $            198 

Specific

  4            4 
$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  Residential
Real Estate
  Wholesale
Real Estate
  Total 

December 31, 2016

 $185  $1  $  $4  $190 

Provision (release)1

  (3        (1  (4

June 30, 2017

 $182  $1  $  $3  $186 

Inherent

 $179  $1  $  $3  $            183 

Specific

  3            3 

 

1.

The Firm recorded a release of $2 million, and $7 million for lending commitments in the current quarter and prior year quarter, respectively.

Employee Loans 
$ in millions 

At

June 30,

2018

  At
December 31,
2017
 

Balance

 $3,564  $4,185 

Allowance for loan losses

  (74  (77

Balance, net

 $3,490  $4,108 

Repayment term range, in years

              1 to 20               1 to 20 

Employee loans are granted in conjunction with a program established to retain and recruit certain employees, are full recourse and generally require periodic repayments. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets. The Firm establishes an allowance for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable, and the related provision is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense.

8. Equity Method Investments

Overview

Equity method investments other than certain investments in funds are summarized below and included in Other assets in the balance sheets with related income or loss included in Other revenues in the income statements. See the Measured Based on Net Asset Value table in Note 3 for the carrying value of the Firm’s fund interests, which are comprised of general and limited partnership interests, as well as any related performance-based fees in the form of carried interest.

Equity Method Investment Balances

 

$ in millions 

At

June 30, 2018

  

At

December 31, 2017

 

Investments

 $                    2,491  $                    2,623 

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
$ in millions 2018  2017  2018  2017 

Income (loss)

 $4  $(9 $54  $ 

Japanese Securities Joint Venture

Included in the equity method investments is the Firm’s 40% voting interest in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”). Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) holds a 60% voting interest. The Firm accounts for its equity method investment in MUMSS within the Institutional Securities business segment.

 

  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
$ in millions 2018  2017  2018  2017 

Income from investment in MUMSS

 $26  $23  $82  $71 

 

 

 

  71  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

9. Deposits

Deposits

 

$ in millions 

    At June 30,

    2018

    At December 31,
  2017
 

Savings and demand deposits

 $139,736  $144,487 

Time deposits

  33,066   14,949 

Total

 $172,802  $159,436 

Deposits subject to FDIC insurance

 $          135,229  $                127,017 

Time deposits that equal or exceed the FDIC insurance limit

 $11  $38 

Time Deposit Maturities

 

$ in millions  

  At

  June 30, 2018

 

2018

  $                             15,493 

2019

   8,840 

2020

   5,452 

2021

   1,466 

2022

   667 

Thereafter

   1,148 

10. Borrowings and Other Secured Financings

Borrowings

 

$ in millions 

  At

  June 30,

  2018

    At
  December 31,
  2017
 

Original maturities of one year or less

 $2,329  $1,519 

Original maturities greater than one year

  

Senior

 $180,008  $180,835 

Subordinated

  9,907   10,228 

Total

 $189,915  $        191,063 

Total borrowings

 $          192,244  $192,582 

Weighted average stated maturity, in years1

  6.7   6.6 

 

1.

Includes only borrowings with original maturities greater than one year.

Other Secured Financings

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to certain ELNs, transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, pledged commodities, consolidated VIEs where the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets. See Note 12 for further information on other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.

Other Secured Financings by Original Maturity and Type

 

$ in millions  

At

June 30,

2018

     At
  December 31,
  2017
 

Original maturities:

    

Greater than one year

  $8,439   $8,685 

One year or less

   745    2,034 

Failed sales

   706    552 

Total

  $              9,890   $            11,271 

Failed Sales

For transfers that fail to meet the accounting criteria for a sale, the Firm continues to recognize the assets in Trading assets at fair value, and the Firm recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings at fair value in the balance sheets.

The assets transferred to certain unconsolidated VIEs in transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not generally available to the Firm. The related liabilities are alsonon-recourse to the Firm. In certain other failed sale transactions, the Firm has the right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

11. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

Commitments

 

  Years to Maturity at June 30, 2018    
$ in millions Less
than 1
  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Lending:

     

Corporate

 $12,850  $47,036  $43,123  $12,723  $115,732 

Consumer

  6,895      11      6,906 

Residential real estate

  5   69   25   253   352 

Wholesale real estate

  268   337   17   100   722 

Forward-starting secured financing receivables

  84,321         1,177   85,498 

Investment activities

  489   77   42   253   861 

Letters of credit and

other financial guarantees

  186   1      39   226 

Total

 $  105,014  $  47,520  $  43,218  $  14,545  $  210,297 

Corporate lending commitments participated to third parties

 

 $7,183 

Forward-starting secured financing receivables settled within three business days

 

 $80,137 
 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  72  


Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)  LOGO

 

Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

For a further description of these commitments, refer to Note 12 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Guarantees

Obligations under Guarantee Arrangements at June 30, 2018

 

  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional 
  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less
than 1
  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Credit derivatives

 $50,155  $59,663  $62,985  $26,644  $199,447 

Other credit contracts

           119   119 

Non-creditderivatives

  2,166,063   1,346,622   414,569   643,110   4,570,364 

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued1

  897   1,062   1,304   5,053   8,316 

Market value guarantees

  16   110   24      150 

Liquidity facilities

  3,585            3,585 

Whole loan sales guarantees

     1      23,230   23,231 

Securitization representations and warranties

           62,081   62,081 

General partner guarantees

  4   51   342   30   427 

 

$ in millions   Carrying
  Amount
  (Asset)/
  Liability
    Collateral/
  Recourse
 

Credit derivatives2

 $(207 $ 

Other credit contracts

  11    

Non-credit derivatives2

  43,962    

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued1

  (241          6,777 

Market value guarantees

     3 

Liquidity facilities

  (5  5,770 

Whole loan sales guarantees

  9    

Securitization representations and warranties

  71    

General partner guarantees

  66    

 

1.

These amounts include certain issued standby letters of credit participated to third parties, totaling $0.7 billion of notional and collateral/recourse, due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under these arrangements.

2.

Carrying amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 4.

The Firm also has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements, that contingently require the Firm to make payments

to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index, or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the Firm to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.

In certain situations, collateral may be held by the Firm for those contracts that meet the definition of a guarantee. Generally, the Firm sets collateral requirements by counterparty so that the collateral covers various transactions and products and is not allocated specifically to individual contracts. Also, the Firm may recover amounts related to the underlying asset delivered to the Firm under the derivative contract.

For more information on the nature of the obligation and related business activity for market value guarantees, liquidity facilities, whole loan sales guarantees and general partner guarantees related to certain investment management funds, as well as the other products in the previous table, see Note 12 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Other Guarantees and Indemnities

In the normal course of business, the Firm provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications related to indemnities, exchange/clearinghouse member guarantees and merger and acquisition guarantees are described in Note 12 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Firm guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the Firm’s subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the financial statements.

Finance Subsidiary

The Parent Company fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by Morgan Stanley Finance LLC, a 100%-owned finance subsidiary.

 

 

  73  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

Contingencies

Legal. In addition to the matters described below, in the normal course of business, the Firm has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. These actions have included, but are not limited to, residential mortgage and credit crisis-related matters.

Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Firm expects that it will continue to be the subject of elevated claims for damages and other relief and, while the Firm has identified below any individual proceedings where the Firm believes a material loss to be reasonably possible and reasonably estimable, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be probable or possible and reasonably estimable losses.

The Firm contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the Firm can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Firm accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where a loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss.

For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy

discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm can estimate reasonably possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued, but does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses will have a material adverse effect on the Firm’s financial statements as a whole, other than the matters referred to in the following paragraphs.

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Firm, styled China Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million CDS referencing the super senior portion of the STACK 2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Firm misrepresented the risks of the STACK 2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Firm knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the CDS with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the CDS, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On June 27, 2018, the Firm filed a motion for summary judgment and spoliation sanctions against CDIB. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On July 8, 2013, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styledU.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-2AX (MSM 2007-2AX) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and GreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  74  


Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)  LOGO

 

complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On August 22, 2013, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on November 24, 2014. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On September 19, 2014, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. relating to a securitization issued by Basket of Aggregated Residential NIMS 2007-1 Ltd. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the net interest margin securities (“NIMS”) in the trust breached various representations and warranties. FGIC issued a financial guaranty policy with respect to certain notes that had an original balance of approximately $475 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the NIMS breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, reimbursement of certain payments made pursuant to the transaction documents, attorneys’ fees and interest. On November 24, 2014, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which the court denied on January 19, 2017. On February 24, 2017, the Firm filed a notice of appeal of the denial of its motion to dismiss the complaint and perfected its appeal on November 22, 2017. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $126 million, the unpaid balance of these notes, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, as well as claim payments that FGIC has made and will make in the future.

On September 23, 2014, FGIC filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY styled Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. relating to the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust2007-NC4. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties and defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to induce FGIC to issue a financial guaranty policy on certain classes of certificates that had an original balance of approximately $876 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of

the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and interest. On January 23, 2017, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 24, 2017, the Firm filed a notice of appeal of the court’s order and perfected its appeal on November 22, 2017. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and FGIC that the Firm did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, as well as claim payments that FGIC has made and will make in the future. In addition, plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On January 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC as Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory, equitable and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and other related expenses, and interest. On December 11, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 11, 2016, plaintiff filed a notice of appeal of that order, and the appeal was fully briefed on August 19, 2016. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and a monoline insurer that the Firm did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

In matters styled Case number 15/3637 and Case number 15/4353, the Dutch Tax Authority (“Dutch Authority”) is challenging, in the District Court in Amsterdam, the prior set-off by the Firm of approximately €124 million (approximately $145 million) plus accrued interest of withholding tax

 

 

  75  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

credits against the Firm’s corporation tax liabilities for the tax years 2007 to 2013. The Dutch Authority alleges that the Firm was not entitled to receive the withholding tax credits on the basis, inter alia, that a Firm subsidiary did not hold legal title to certain securities subject to withholding tax on the relevant dates. The Dutch Authority has also alleged that the Firm failed to provide certain information to the Dutch Authority and keep adequate books and records. A hearing took place in this matter on September 19, 2017. On April 26, 2018, the District Court in Amsterdam issued a decision dismissing the Dutch Authority’s claims. On June 6, 2018, the Dutch Authority filed an appeal against the decision issued by the District Court in Amsterdam. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately €124 million (approximately $145 million) plus accrued interest.

12. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

Overview

For a discussion of the Firm’s VIEs, the determination and structure of VIEs and securitization activities, see Note 13 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Consolidated VIEs

 

Assets and Liabilities by Type of Activity 
             
  At June 30, 2018  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions VIE Assets      VIE Liabilities  VIE Assets      VIE Liabilities 

OSF

 $282  $                1  $378  $                3 

MABS1

  73   52   249   210 

Other2

  2,545   1,030   1,174   250 

Total

 $         2,900  $1,083  $        1,801  $463 

OSF—Other structured financings

1.

Amounts include transactions backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans and other types of assets, including consumer or commercial assets. The value of assets is determined based on the fair value of the liabilities and the interests owned by the Firm in such VIEs as the fair values for the liabilities and interests owned are more observable.

2.

Other primarily includes investment funds, certain operating entities, CLOs and structured transactions. At June 30, 2018, Other includes the consolidation of a fund managed by Mesa West Capital, LLC, which was acquired in the first quarter of 2018.

Assets and Liabilities by Balance Sheet Caption

 

   At June 30,   At December 31, 
$ in millions  2018   2017 

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents:

    

Cash and due from banks

  $93   $69 

Restricted cash

   169    222 

Trading assets at fair value

   2,032    833 

Customer and other receivables

   21    19 

Goodwill

   18    18 

Intangible assets

   140    155 

Other assets

   427    485 

Total

  $2,900   $1,801 

Liabilities

    

Other secured financings

  $1,049   $438 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   34    25 

Total

  $1,083   $463 

Noncontrolling interests

  $                      441   $189 

Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented in the previous tables after intercompany eliminations. Most assets owned by consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not generally available to the Firm. Most related liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Firm. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Firm either has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

In general, the Firm’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE net assets recognized in its financial statements, net of amounts absorbed by third-party variable interest holders.

Non-consolidated VIEs

Most of the VIEs included in the following tables are sponsored by unrelated parties; the Firm’s involvement generally is the result of its secondary market-making activities, securities held in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 5) and certain investments in funds.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  76  


Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)  LOGO

 

Non-consolidated VIEs 
  At June 30, 2018 
$ in millions MABS  CDO  MTOB  OSF  Other 

VIE assets (UPB)

 $    66,680  $    11,274  $    5,618  $    3,277  $    20,153 

Maximum exposure to loss

 

   

Debt and equity interests

 $8,013  $1,289  $1  $1,566  $4,388 

Derivative and other contracts

        3,585      2,627 

Commitments, guarantees and other

  762   427      150   327 

Total

 $8,775  $1,716  $3,586  $1,716  $7,342 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

 

   

Debt and equity interests

 $8,013  $1,289  $1  $1,157  $4,388 

Derivative and other contracts

        5      122 

Total

 $8,013  $1,289  $6  $1,157  $4,510 

Additional VIE assets owned1

 

     $12,173 
  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions      MABS        CDO       MTOB        OSF       Other 

VIE assets (UPB)

 $  89,288  $  9,807  $  5,306  $  3,322  $  31,934 

Maximum exposure to loss

 

   

Debt and equity interests

 $10,657  $1,384  $80  $1,628  $4,730 

Derivative and other contracts

        3,333      1,686 

Commitments, guarantees and other

  1,214   668      164   433 

Total

 $11,871  $2,052  $3,413  $1,792  $6,849 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

 

   

Debt and equity interests

 $10,657  $1,384  $43  $1,202  $4,730 

Derivative and other contracts

        5      184 

Total

 $10,657  $1,384  $48  $1,202  $4,914 

Additional VIE assets owned1

 

     $11,318 

MTOB—Municipal tender option bonds

1.

Additional VIE Assets owned represents the carrying value of total exposure tonon-consolidated VIEs that does not meet the criteria for detailed breakout in the previous table, primarily interests issued by securitization SPEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds.

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss presented in the previous table is dependent on the nature of the Firm’s variable interest in the VIE and is limited to:

 

 

notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities;

 

other credit support;

 

total return swaps;

 

written put options; and

 

fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Firm has made in the VIE.

Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying the maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect changes in fair value recorded by the Firm.

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss presented in the previous table does not include:

 

 

offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Firm may utilize to hedge these risks associated with its variable interests; and

 

any reductions associated with the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Firm.

The Firm’s primary risk exposure related to additional VIE assets owned is to the most subordinate class of beneficial interest, which are typically acquired by the Firm in the secondary market and generally issued by SPEs sponsored by unrelated parties. These assets, which generally consist of MABS, CDO, MTOB and other exposure, are primarily included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt, Trading assets—Investments or AFS securities within its Investment securities portfolio and are measured at fair value (see Note 3). The Firm does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives. The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the assets owned.

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securitization Assets

 

  At June 30, 2018  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions UPB  Debt and
Equity
Interests
  UPB  Debt and
Equity
Interests
 

Residential mortgages

 $      11,611  $813  $15,636  $1,272 

Commercial mortgages

  31,713   1,218         46,464   2,331 

U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations

  13,610           2,578   16,223   3,439 

Other consumer or commercial loans

  9,746   3,404   10,965   3,615 

Total

 $  66,680  $  8,013  $  89,288  $      10,657 
 

 

  77  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

Transfers of Assets with Continuing Involvement

 

  At June 30, 2018 
$ in millions 

RML   

  CML     U.S. Agency
CMO
  

CLN and  

Other1  

 

SPE assets (UPB)2

 $    14,383  $    64,392  $    14,904  $    15,867 

Retained interests

    

Investment grade

 $  $418  $619  $3 

Non-investment grade (fair value)

  1   57      296 

Total

 $1  $475  $619  $299 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

 

 

Investment grade

 $  $158  $40  $ 

Non-investment grade

  16   18       

Total

 $16  $176  $40  $ 

Derivative assets (fair value)

 $  $  $  $222 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

           164 
  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions RML    CML    U.S. Agency  
CMO  
  

CLN and  

Other1  

 

SPE assets(UPB)2

 $    15,555  $    62,744  $    11,612  $    17,060 

Retained interests

    

Investment grade

 $  $293  $407  $4 

Non-investment grade (fair value)

  1   98      478 

Total

 $1  $391  $407  $482 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

 

 

Investment grade

 $  $94  $439  $ 

Non-investment grade

  16   66      4 

Total

 $16  $160  $439  $4 

Derivative assets (fair value)

 $1  $  $  $226 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

           85 

RML—Residential mortgage loans

CML—Commercial mortgage loans

1.

Amounts include CLO transactions managed by unrelated third parties.

2.

Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

 

   Fair Value at June 30, 2018 
$ in millions  Level 2     Level 3     Total   

Retained interests

      

Investment grade

  $624   $56   $680 

Non-investment grade

   10    344    354 

Total

  $634   $400   $1,034 

Interests purchased in the secondary market

 

Investment grade

  $183   $15   $198 

Non-investment grade

   21    13    34 

Total

  $            204   $28   $            232 

Derivative assets

  $97   $            125   $222 

Derivative liabilities

   157    7    164 
   Fair Value at December 31, 2017 
$ in millions  Level 2     Level 3     Total   

Retained interests

      

Investment grade

  $407   $4   $411 

Non-investment grade

   22    555    577 

Total

  $            429   $            559   $            988 

Interests purchased in the secondary market

 

Investment grade

  $531   $2   $533 

Non-investment grade

   57    29    86 

Total

  $588   $31   $619 

Derivative assets

  $78   $149   $227 

Derivative liabilities

   81    4    85 

The previous tables include transactions with SPEs in which the Firm, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment.

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the income statements. The Firm may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by these securitization vehicles, for which Investment banking underwriting net revenues are recognized. The Firm may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are generally carried at fair value in the balance sheets with changes in fair value recognized in the income statements.

Proceeds from New Securitization Transactions and Sales of Loans

 

  

Three Months Ended

 

June 30,

  

Six Months Ended

 

June 30,

 
$ in millions 2018   2017    2018     2017 

New transactions1

 $        5,624  $        4,750  $        11,758  $        10,747 

Retained interests

  1,156   529   1,637   959 

Sales of corporate loans to CLO SPEs1, 2

  142   239   236   418 

 

1.

Net gains on new transactions and sales of corporate loans to CLO entities at the time of the sale were not material for all periods presented.

2.

Sponsored by non-affiliates.

The Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm (see Note 11).

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  78  


Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)  LOGO

 

The Firm also enters into transactions in which it sells equity securities and contemporaneously enters into bilateral OTC equity derivatives with the purchasers of the securities, through which it retains the exposure to the securities as shown in the following table.

Assets Sold with Retained Exposure

 

$ in millions  

At June 30,

2018

   At December 31,
2017
 

Carrying value of assets derecognized at the time of sale and gross cash proceeds

  $                    32,433   $                    19,115 

Fair value

    

Assets sold

  $32,089   $19,138 

Derivative assets recognized in the balance sheets

   204    176 

Derivative liabilities recognized in the balance sheets

   548    153 

13. Regulatory Requirements

Regulatory Capital Framework and Requirements

For a discussion of the Firm’s regulatory capital framework, see Note 14 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

The Firm is required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage-based capital ratios under the regulatory capital requirements. A summary of the calculations of regulatory capital, RWA and transition provisions follows.

The Firm’s risk-based capital ratios for purposes of determining regulatory compliance are the lower of the capital ratios computed under (i) the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWA (“Standardized Approach”) and (ii) the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWA (“Advanced Approach”).

Minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital). Certain adjustments to and deductions from capital are required for purposes of determining these ratios, such as goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, other amounts in AOCI and investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions.

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, by 2019 the Firm will be subject to the following buffers:

 

 

A greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer;

 

The Common Equity Tier 1 G-SIB capital surcharge, currently at 3%; and

 

 

Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB, currently set by U.S. banking agencies at zero.

In 2017 and 2018, each of the buffers is 50% and 75%, respectively, of the 2019 requirement noted above. Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on the Firm’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.

For a further discussion of the Firm’s calculation of risk-based capital ratios, see Note 14 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form10-K.

The Firm’s Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Firm’s risk-based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules.

Regulatory Capital

 

  At June 30, 2018 

$ in millions

 Required
Ratio1
  Amount  Ratio 

Risk-based capital

   

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  8.6%  $61,352   15.8% 

Tier 1 capital

  10.1%   70,017   18.1% 

Total capital

  12.1%   79,681   20.6% 

Total RWA

  N/A   387,414   N/A 

Leverage-based capital

   

Tier 1 leverage

  4.0%   70,017   8.2% 

Adjusted average assets2

  N/A   852,726   N/A 

SLR3

  5.0%   70,017   6.4% 

Supplementary leverage exposure4

  N/A     1,096,953   N/A 
  At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

 Required
Ratio1
  Amount  Ratio 

Risk-based capital

   

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  7.3%  $      61,134   16.5% 

Tier 1 capital

  8.8%   69,938   18.9% 

Total capital

  10.8%   80,275   21.7% 

Total RWA

  N/A   369,578   N/A 

Leverage-based capital

   

Tier 1 leverage

  4.0%   69,938   8.3% 

Adjusted average assets2

  N/A   842,270   N/A 

 

1.

Percentages represent minimum required regulatory capital ratios—for risk-based capital the ratios are under the transitional rules. For risk- and leverage-based capital, regulatory compliance was determined based on capital ratios calculated under the transitional rules until December 31, 2017.

2.

Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the current quarter and the quarter ended December 31, 2017, respectively, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other adjustments.

 

 

  79  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

3.

The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018.

4.

Supplementary Leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily (i) potential future exposure for derivative exposures, gross-up for cash collateral netting where qualifying criteria are not met, and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

The OCC establishes capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries and evaluates their compliance with such capital requirements. Regulatory capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are calculated in a similar manner to the Firm’s regulatory capital requirements, although G-SIB capital surcharge requirements do not apply to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

The OCC’s regulatory capital framework includes Prompt Corrective Action (“PCA”) standards, including “well capitalized” PCA standards that are based on specified regulatory capital ratio minimums. For us to remain an FHC, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well capitalized in accordance with the OCC’s PCA standards. In addition, failure by our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to meet minimum capital requirements may result in certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ and the Firm’s financial statements.

At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ risk-based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules and exceeded well capitalized requirements.

MSBNA’s Regulatory Capital

 

   At June 30, 2018 

$ in millions

  Required
Ratio1
    Amount  Ratio 

Risk-based capital

    

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   6.5 $      15,065   18.7% 

Tier 1 capital

   8.0  15,065   18.7% 

Total capital

   10.0  15,327   19.1% 

Leverage-based capital

    

Tier 1 leverage

   5.0  15,065   11.0% 

SLR2

   6.0  15,065   8.4% 
   At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions  Required
Ratio1
  Amount  Ratio 

Risk-based capital

    

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   6.5 $      15,196   20.5% 

Tier 1 capital

   8.0  15,196   20.5% 

Total capital

   10.0  15,454   20.8% 

Leverage-based capital

    

Tier 1 leverage

   5.0  15,196   11.8% 
MSPBNA’s Regulatory Capital

 

 
   At June 30, 2018 
$ in millions  Required
Ratio1
  Amount  Ratio 

Risk-based capital

    

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   6.5 $      6,608   24.6% 

Tier 1 capital

   8.0  6,608   24.6% 

Total capital

   10.0  6,649   24.8% 

Leverage-based capital

    

Tier 1 leverage

   5.0  6,608   9.8% 

SLR2

   6.0  6,608   9.4% 
   At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions  Required
Ratio1
  Amount  Ratio 

Risk-based capital

    

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   6.5 $6,215   24.4% 

Tier 1 capital

   8.0  6,215   24.4% 

Total capital

   10.0  6,258   24.6% 

Leverage-based capital

    

Tier 1 leverage

   5.0  6,215   9.7% 

 

1.

Ratios that are required in order to be considered well-capitalized for U.S. regulatory purposes. Regulatory compliance was determined based on capital ratios calculated under the transitional rules until December 31, 2017.

2.

The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018.

U.S. Broker-Dealer Regulatory Capital Requirements

MS&Co. Regulatory Capital

 

$ in millions  At June 30, 2018   At December 31, 2017 

Net capital

  $                             13,056   $                             10,142 

Excess net capital

   10,661    8,018 

MS&Co. is a registered U.S. broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC and the CFTC. MS&Co. has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements.

As an Alternative Net Capital broker-dealer, and in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of SEC Rule 15c3-1, MS&Co. is subject to minimum net capital and tentative net capital requirements. In addition, MS&Co. must notify the SEC if its tentative net capital falls below certain levels. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, MS&Co. has exceeded its net capital requirement and has tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  80  


Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)  LOGO

 

MSSB LLC Regulatory Capital

 

$ in millions  At June 30, 2018   At December 31, 2017 

Net capital

  $                               2,710   $                               2,567 

Excess net capital

   2,556    2,400 

MSSB LLC is a registered U.S. broker-dealer and introducing broker for the futures business and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC. MSSB LLC has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements.

Other Regulated Subsidiaries

MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the PRA, and MSMS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSMS have consistently operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries of the Firm are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated with capital in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

14. Total Equity

Share Repurchases

 

  

Three Months Ended

 

June 30,

  

Six Months Ended

 

June 30,

 
$ in millions   2018    2017    2018    2017 

Repurchases of common stock under the Firm’s share repurchase program

 $      1,250  $      500  $      2,500  $      1,250 

The Firm’s 2018 Capital Plan (“Capital Plan”) includes the share repurchase of up to $4.7 billion of outstanding common stock for the period beginning July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2019. Additionally, the Capital Plan includes quarterly common stock dividends of up to $0.30 per share.

On April 18, 2018, the Firm entered into a sales plan with MUFG whereby MUFG sells shares of the Firm’s common stock to the Firm, as part of the Firm’s share repurchase program. The sales plan, which began to be executed in the current quarter, is only intended to maintain MUFG’s ownership percentage below 24.9% in order to comply with MUFG’s passivity commitments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and will have no impact on the strategic alliance between MUFG and the Firm, including the joint ventures in Japan.

Preferred Stock

 

  

Three Months Ended

 

June 30,

  

Six Months Ended

 

June 30,

 
$ in millions 2018  2017  2018  2017 

Dividends declared

 $          170  $          170  $          263  $          260 

For a description of Series A through Series K preferred stock issuances, see Note 15 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K. The Firm is authorized to issue 30 million shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock has a preference over the common stock upon liquidation. The Firm’s preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 13).

Preferred Stock Outstanding

 

  Shares
Outstanding
     Carrying Value 
$ in millions, except
per share data
 

At

June 30,
2018

  Liquidation
Preference
per Share
  At
June 30,
2018
  At
December 31,
2017
 

Series

    

A

  44,000  $        25,000  $1,100  $1,100 

C1

  519,882   1,000   408   408 

E

  34,500   25,000   862   862 

F

  34,000   25,000   850   850 

G

  20,000   25,000   500   500 

H

  52,000   25,000   1,300   1,300 

I

  40,000   25,000   1,000   1,000 

J

  60,000   25,000   1,500   1,500 

K

  40,000   25,000   1,000   1,000 

Total

   $    8,520  $    8,520 

 

1.

Series C is composed of the issuance of 1,160,791 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to MUFG for an aggregate purchase price of $911 million, less the redemption of 640,909 shares of Series C Preferred Stock of $503 million, which were converted to common shares of approximately $705 million.

 

 

  81  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)1

 

$ in millions Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
  AFS
Securities
  Pension,
Postretirement
and Other
  DVA  Total 

March 31, 2018

 $(715 $(1,068 $(710 $(913 $(3,406

OCI during the period

  (149  (126              6         605         336 

June 30, 2018

 $(864 $(1,194 $(704 $(308 $(3,070

March 31, 2017

 $(879 $(504 $(474 $(593 $(2,450

OCI during the period

              23           108   4   (173  (38

June 30, 2017

 $(856 $(396 $(470 $(766 $(2,488

December 31, 2017

 $(767 $(547 $(591 $(1,155 $(3,060

Cumulative adjustment for accounting changes2

  (8  (111  (124  (194  (437

OCI during the period

  (89  (536                  11     1,041   427 

June 30, 2018

 $(864 $(1,194 $(704 $(308 $(3,070

December 31, 2016

 $(986 $(588 $(474 $(595 $(2,643

OCI during the period

  130           192   4   (171  155 

June 30, 2017

 $(856 $(396 $(470 $(766 $(2,488

 

1.

Amounts net of tax and noncontrolling interests.

2.

The cumulative adjustment for accounting changes is primarily the effect of the adoption of the accounting updateReclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This adjustment was recorded as of January 1, 2018 to reclassify certain income tax effects related to enactment of the Tax Act from AOCI to Retained earnings, primarily related to the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from the reduction in corporate income tax rate to 21%. See Note 2 for further information.

Components of Period Changes in OCI

 

  

Three Months Ended

 

June 30, 2018

 
$ in millions Pre-tax
Gain (Loss)
  Income
Tax Benefit
(Provision)
  After-tax
Gain (Loss)
  Non-controlling
Interests
  Net 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

  

OCI activity

 $(86 $(106 $(192 $(43 $(149

Reclassified to earnings

                —       

Net OCI

 $(86 $(106 $(192 $(43 $(149

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

 

 

OCI activity

 $(162 $          39  $(123 $  $(123

Reclassified to earnings

  (3     (3     (3

Net OCI

 $(165 $39  $(126 $  $(126

Pension, postretirement and other

 

  

OCI activity

 $          2  $  $2  $  $2 

Reclassified to earnings

  6   (2  4      4 

Net OCI

 $8  $(2 $6  $  $6 

Change in net DVA

     

OCI activity

 $841  $(205 $636  $34  $602 

Reclassified to earnings

  3      3      3 

Net OCI

 $  844  $(205 $        639  $                34  $        605 
  

Three Months Ended

 

June 30, 2017

 
$ in millions Pre-tax
Gain (Loss)
  Income
Tax Benefit
(Provision)
  After-tax
Gain (Loss)
  Non-controlling
Interests
  Net 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

  

OCI activity

 $            1  $          11  $          12  $(11 $        23 

Reclassified to earnings

                           —    

Net OCI

 $1  $11  $12  $(11 $23 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

 

 

OCI activity

 $185  $(68 $117  $  $117 

Reclassified to earnings

  (14  5   (9     (9

Net OCI

 $171  $(63 $108  $  $      108 

Pension, postretirement and other

 

  

OCI activity

 $3  $  $3  $  $3 

Reclassified to earnings

  1      1      1 

Net OCI

 $4  $  $4  $  $4 

Change in net DVA

     

OCI activity

 $(285 $99  $(186 $(10 $(176

Reclassified to earnings

  4   (1  3      3 

Net OCI

 $(281 $98  $(183 $(10 $(173

 

  

Six Months Ended

 

June 30, 20181

 
$ in millions Pre-tax
Gain (Loss)
  Income
Tax Benefit
(Provision)
  After-tax
Gain (Loss)
  Non-controlling
Interests
  Net 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

  

OCI activity

 $(8 $(67 $(75 $14  $(89

Reclassified to earnings

               

Net OCI

 $(8 $(67 $(75 $14  $(89

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

 

 

OCI activity

 $(697 $164  $(533 $  $(533

Reclassified to earnings

  (3     (3     (3

Net OCI

 $(700 $        164  $(536 $  $(536

Pension, postretirement and other

 

  

OCI activity

 $2  $  $2  $  $2 

Reclassified to earnings

  12   (3  9      9 

Net OCI

 $14  $(3 $11  $  $11 

Change in net DVA

     

OCI activity

 $      1,421  $(345 $1,076  $49  $1,027 

Reclassified to earnings

  18   (4  14      14 

Net OCI

 $1,439  $(349 $    1,090  $                49  $    1,041 
 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  82  


Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)  LOGO

 

  

Six Months Ended

 

June 30, 2017

 
$ in millions Pre-tax
Gain (Loss)
  Income
Tax Benefit
(Provision)
  After-tax
Gain (Loss)
  Non-controlling
Interests
  Net 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

  

OCI activity

 $            44  $        118  $          162  $                32  $130 

Reclassified to earnings

               

Net OCI

 $44  $118  $162  $32  $130 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

 

 

OCI activity

 $322  $(120 $202  $  $    202 

Reclassified to earnings

  (16  6   (10     (10

Net OCI

 $306  $(114 $192  $  $192 

Pension, postretirement and other

 

 

OCI activity

 $3  $  $3  $  $3 

Reclassified to earnings

  1      1      1 

Net OCI

 $4  $  $4  $  $4 

Change in net DVA

     

OCI activity

 $(278 $98  $(180 $(3 $(177

Reclassified to earnings

  8   (2  6      6 

Net OCI

 $(270 $96  $(174 $(3 $(171

 

1.

Exclusive of 2018 cumulative adjustments related to the adoption of certain accounting updates in the current year period. Refer to the table below and Note 2 for further information.

Cumulative Adjustments to Retained Earnings Related to Adoption of Accounting Updates

 

$ in millions  

Six Months Ended

 

June 30, 2018

 

Revenue from contracts with customers

      $(32

Derivatives and hedging–targeted improvements to accounting for hedging activities

   (99

Reclassification of certain tax effects from AOCI

   443 

Other1

   (6

Total

      $306 
$ in millions  

Six Months Ended

 

June 30, 2017

 

Improvements to employee share-based payment accounting2

   (30

Intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory

   (5

Total

      $(35

 

1.

Other includes the adoption of accounting updates related to Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (other than the provision around presenting unrealized DVA in OCI which we early adopted in 2016) and Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets. The impact of these adoptions on Retained earnings was not significant.

2.

See Note 2 to the 2017 Form 10-K for further information.

15. Earnings per Common Share

Calculation of Basic and Diluted EPS

 

  

Three Months Ended

 

June 30,

  

Six Months Ended

 

June 30,

 
in millions, except for per share data 2018  2017  2018  2017 

Basic EPS

    

Income from continuing operations

 $2,469  $1,796  $5,175  $3,789 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  (2  (5  (4  (27

Net income

  2,467   1,791   5,171   3,762 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  30   34   66   75 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  2,437   1,757   5,105   3,687 

Preferred stock dividends and other

  170   170   263   260 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

 $2,267  $1,587  $4,842  $3,427 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

  1,720   1,791   1,730   1,796 

Earnings per basic common share

 

   

Income from continuing operations

 $1.32  $0.89  $2.80  $1.92 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

           (0.01

Earnings per basic common share

 $1.32  $0.89  $2.80  $1.91 

Diluted EPS

    

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

 $2,267  $1,587  $4,842  $3,427 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

      1,720       1,791       1,730       1,796 

Effect of dilutive securities: Stock options and RSUs1

  28   39   30   40 

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

  1,748   1,830   1,760   1,836 

Earnings per diluted common share

 

   

Income from continuing operations

 $1.30  $0.87  $2.75  $1.88 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

           (0.01

Earnings per diluted common share

 $1.30  $0.87  $2.75  $1.87 

Weighted average antidilutive RSUs and stock options (excluded from the computation of diluted EPS)1

  1      1    

 

1.

RSUs that are considered participating securities are treated as a separate class of securities in the computation of basic EPS, and, therefore, such RSUs are not included as incremental shares in the diluted EPS computation.

 

 

  83  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

16. Interest Income and Interest Expense

Interest income and Interest expense are classified in the income statements based on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.

 

  

Three Months Ended

 

June 30,

  

Six Months Ended

 

June 30,

 
$ in millions 2018  2017  2018  2017 

Interest income

    

Investment securities

 $417  $304  $841  $630 

Loans

  1,074   798   2,012   1,546 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed1

  366   29   581   10 

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

  576   491   1,116   955 

Customer receivables and Other2

  861   484   1,604   930 

Total interest income

 $3,294  $2,106  $6,154  $4,071 

Interest expense

    

Deposits

 $273  $14  $432  $25 

Borrowings

  1,258   1,067   2,396   2,088 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned3

  446   339   848   587 

Customer payables and Other4

  411   (65  597   (151

Total interest expense

 $      2,388  $      1,355  $      4,273  $      2,549 

Net interest

 $906  $751  $1,881  $1,522 

 

1.

Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

2.

Includes interest from Customer receivables and Cash and cash equivalents.

3.

Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

4.

Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

17. Employee Benefit Plans

The Firm sponsors various retirement plans for the majority of its U.S. employees. The Firm provides certain other postretirement benefits, primarily health care and life insurance, to eligible U.S. employees.

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income) for Pension and Other Postretirement Plans

 

  

Three Months
Ended

 

June 30,

  

Six Months
Ended

 

June 30,

 
$ in millions 2018  2017  2018  2017 

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

 $4  $4  $8  $8 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

  35   38   69   75 

Expected return on plan assets

  (28  (29  (56  (58

Net amortization of prior service credit

     (4     (8

Net amortization of actuarial loss

  6   4   12   8 

Net periodic benefit expense (income)

 $        17  $        13  $        33  $        25 

18. Income Taxes

The Firm is under continuous examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the U.K., and in states in which it has significant business operations, such as New York. The Firm has established a liability for unrecognized tax benefits, and associated interest, if applicable (“tax liabilities”), that it believes is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Firm adjusts such tax liabilities only when new information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change.

The Firm is currently at various levels of field examination with respect to audits by the IRS, as well as New York State and New York City, for tax years 2009-2016 and 2007-2014, respectively.

The Firm believes that the resolution of the above tax matters will not have a material effect on the annual financial statements, although a resolution could have a material impact in the income statements and effective tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs.

Furthermore, by the end of the first quarter of 2018, the Firm reached a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on certain issues through tax year 2010, the resolution of which did not have a material impact on the financial statements or effective tax rate.

See Note 11 regarding the Dutch Tax Authority’s challenge, in the District Court in Amsterdam (matters styled Case number 15/3637 and Case number 15/4353), of the Firm’s entitlement to certain withholding tax credits which may impact the balance of unrecognized tax benefits.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  84  


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits occur within the next 12 months. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and the impact on the Firm’s effective tax rate over the next 12 months.

The Firm’s effective tax rate for the current quarter and current year period included recurring-type discrete tax benefits associated with employee share-based payments of $17 million and $164 million, respectively. Additionally, as a result of new information pertaining to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations and other matters the Firm’s effective tax rate for the current quarter and current year period included intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $88 million with a corresponding reduction in the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits (excluding federal benefit of state items, competent authority and foreign tax credit offsets) of approximately $430 million.

19. Segment, Geographic and Revenue Information

Segment Information

For a discussion about the Firm’s business segments, see Note 21 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

Selected Financial Information by Business Segment

 

  Three Months Ended June 30, 2018 
$ in millions IS  WM  IM  I/E  Total 

Investment banking1, 2

 $1,699  $114  $  $(20 $1,793 

Trading

  3,128   135   16   14   3,293 

Investments

  89   3   55      147 

Commissions and fees1

  674   442      (77  1,039 

Asset management1

  102   2,514   610   (37  3,189 

Other

  168   74   3   (2  243 

Total non-interest revenues3, 4

  5,860   3,282   684   (122  9,704 

Interest income

  2,195   1,320   17   (238  3,294 

Interest expense

  2,341   277   10   (240  2,388 

Net interest

  (146  1,043   7   2   906 

Net revenues

 $  5,714  $  4,325  $  691  $  (120 $  10,610 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 $1,812  $1,157  $140  $  $3,109 

Provision for income taxes

  323   281   36      640 

Income from continuing operations

  1,489   876   104      2,469 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

  (2           (2

Net income

  1,487   876   104      2,467 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  30            30 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $1,457  $876  $104  $  $2,437 
  Three Months Ended June 30, 2017 
$ in millions IS  WM  IM  I/E  Total 

Investment banking

 $1,413  $135  $  $(18 $1,530 

Trading

  2,725   207   (3  2   2,931 

Investments

  37   1   125      163 

Commissions and fees

  630   424      (27  1,027 

Asset management

  89   2,302   539   (28  2,902 

Other

  126   73   4   (4  199 

Total non-interestrevenues

  5,020   3,142   665   (75  8,752 

Interest income

  1,243   1,114   1   (252  2,106 

Interest expense

  1,501   105   1   (252  1,355 

Net interest

  (258  1,009         751 

Net revenues

 $4,762  $4,151  $665  $(75 $9,503 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 $1,443  $1,057  $142  $  $2,642 

Provision for income taxes

  413   392   41      846 

Income from continuing operations

  1,030   665   101      1,796 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

  (5           (5

Net income

  1,025   665   101      1,791 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  33      1      34 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $992  $665  $100  $  $1,757 
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 
$ in millions IS  WM  IM  I/E  Total 

Investment banking1, 2

 $3,212  $254  $  $(39 $3,427 

Trading

  6,771   244   21   27   7,063 

Investments

  138   3   132      273 

Commissions and fees1

  1,418   940      (146  2,212 

Asset management1

  212   5,009   1,236   (76  6,381 

Other

  304   137   13   (4  450 

Total non-interest revenues3, 4

  12,055   6,587   1,402   (238  19,806 

Interest income

  3,999   2,600   18   (463  6,154 

Interest expense

  4,240   488   11   (466  4,273 

Net interest

  (241  2,112   7   3   1,881 

Net revenues

 $  11,814  $  8,699  $  1,409  $  (235 $  21,687 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 $3,924  $2,317  $288  $  $6,529 

Provision for income taxes

  772   527   55      1,354 

Income from continuing operations

  3,152   1,790   233      5,175 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

  (4           (4

Net income

  3,148   1,790   233      5,171 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  64      2      66 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $3,084  $1,790  $231  $  $5,105 
 

 

  85  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

 

  Six Months Ended June 30, 2017 
$ in millions IS  WM  IM  I/E  Total 

Investment banking

 $2,830  $280  $  $(35 $3,075 

Trading

  5,737   445   (14  (2  6,166 

Investments

  103   2   223      328 

Commissions and fees

  1,250   864      (54  2,060 

Asset management

  180   4,486   1,056   (53  5,669 

Other

  299   129   8   (8  428 

Total non-interestrevenues

  10,399   6,206   1,273   (152  17,726 

Interest income

  2,367   2,193   2   (491  4,071 

Interest expense

  2,852   190   1   (494  2,549 

Net interest

  (485  2,003   1   3   1,522 

Net revenues

 $9,914  $  8,209  $  1,274  $  (149)  $  19,248 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 $3,173  $2,030  $245  $2  $5,450 

Provision for income taxes

  872   718   71      1,661 

Income from continuing operations

  2,301   1,312   174   2   3,789 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

  (27           (27

Net income

  2,274   1,312   174   2   3,762 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  68      7      75 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $2,206  $1,312  $167  $2  $3,687 

I/E–Intersegment Eliminations

1.

Approximately 85% of Investment banking revenues and substantially all of Commissions and fees and Asset management revenues in the current quarter and current year period were determined under the Revenues from Contracts with Customers accounting update.

2.

Current quarter Institutional Securities Investment banking revenues are composed of $618 million of Advisory and $1,081 million of Underwriting revenues. Current year period Institutional Securities Investment banking revenues are composed of $1,192 million of Advisory and $2,020 million of Underwriting revenues.

3.

The Firm enters into certain contracts which contain a current obligation to perform services in the future. Excluding contracts where billing is commensurate with the value of the services performed at each stage of the contract, contracts with variable consideration that is subject to reversal, and contracts with less than one year duration, we expect to record the following approximate annual revenues in the future: $100 million per year over the next three years; between $10 million and $50 million per year thereafter through 2035. These revenues are primarily related to certain commodities contracts with customers.

4.

Includes $862 million and $1,628 million in revenue recognized in the current quarter and current year period, respectively, where some or all services were performed in prior periods. This amount is primarily composed of investment banking advisory fees, and distribution fees.

Total Assets by Business Segment

 

$ in millions  

At

June 30,

2018

   

At

December 31,

2017

 

Institutional Securities

  $683,888   $664,974 

Wealth Management

   186,049    182,009 

Investment Management

   5,938    4,750 

Total1

  $                875,875   $                851,733 

 

1.

Parent assets have been fully allocated to the business segments.

Additional Information – Investment Management

Net Unrealized Performance-based Fees

 

$ in millions  

At

June 30,

2018

   

At

December 31,

2017

 

Net cumulative unrealized performance-based fees at risk of reversing

  $                    426   $                    442 

The Firm’s portion of net cumulative unrealized performance-based fees (for which the Firm is not obligated to pay compensation) are at risk of reversing if the fund performance falls below the stated investment management agreement benchmarks. See Note 11 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.

Reduction of Fees due to Fee Waivers

 

   

Three Months Ended

June 30,

   

Six Months Ended

June 30,

 
$ in millions  2018   2017   2018   2017 

Fee waivers

  $16   $23   $34   $45 

The Firm waives a portion of its fees in the Investment Management business segment from certain registered money market funds that comply with the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Geographic Information

For a discussion about the Firm’s geographic net revenues, see Note 21 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K.

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  86  


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

  LOGO

 

Net Revenues by Region

 

   Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
$ in millions  2018   2017   2018   2017 

Americas

  $7,614   $6,746   $15,632   $13,834 

EMEA

   1,829    1,606    3,537    3,095 

Asia

   1,167    1,151    2,518    2,319 

Total

  $10,610   $9,503   $21,687   $19,248 

Additional Information—Revenues from Contracts with Customers

 

Change in Revenue as a Result of Application of the New 
Revenue Recognition Standard 
$ in millions Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2018
  Six
Months Ended
June 30, 2018
 

Gross presentation impact

  

Investment banking—

  

Advisory

 $29  $44 

Underwriting

  57   102 

Asset management

  7   14 

Other

  15   27 

Subtotal

  108   187 

Timing impact

  

Investment banking—

  

Advisory

  15   15 

Asset management

  (18  (16

Other

  3   5 

Subtotal

     4 

Total change

 $108  $191 

As a result of adopting the accounting update Revenue from Contracts with Customers, the accounting for certain transactions has changed (see Note 2 for further details). As summarized in the previous table, the change is composed of transactions which are now presented on a gross basis within bothNon-interest revenues and Non-interest expenses as well as transactions where revenues are recognized with different timing compared to the previous GAAP. For example, timing impacts shown as negative amounts in the previous table represent revenues for which recognition has been deferred to future periods under the new standard.

Receivables from Contracts with Customers

 

$ in millions  At        
June 30,        
2018         
   At        
January 1,        
2018         
 

Customer and other receivables

  $2,462   $2,805 

Receivables from contracts with customers, which are included within Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets, arise when the Firm has both recorded revenues and has the right per the contract to bill customers.

20. Subsequent Events

The Firm has evaluated subsequent events for adjustment to or disclosure in the financial statements through the date of this report and has not identified any recordable or disclosable events not otherwise reported in these financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

 

  87  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

  LOGO

 

 

  Three Months Ended June 30, 
  2018  2017 
$ in millions 

Average

Daily
Balance

  Interest  

Annualized

Average
Rate

  

Average

Daily
Balance

  Interest  Annualized
Average
Rate
 

Interest earning assets1

      

Investment securities2

 $79,502  $417   2.1 $74,855  $304   1.6

Loans2

  111,939   1,074   3.8   96,230   798   3.3 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed3:

      

U.S.

  137,413   463   1.4   129,845   140   0.4 

Non-U.S.

  90,114   (97  (0.4  90,200   (111  (0.5

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities4:

      

U.S.

  56,327   525   3.7   60,963   476   3.1 

Non-U.S.

  7,926   51   2.6   3,409   15   1.8 

Customer receivables and Other5:

      

U.S.

  66,954   623   3.7   65,736   344   2.1 

Non-U.S.

  33,722   238   2.8   28,012   140   2.0 

Total

 $583,897  $3,294   2.3 $549,250  $2,106   1.5

Interest bearing liabilities

 

     

Deposits2

 $165,251  $273   0.7 $146,982  $14   

Borrowings2, 6

  192,122   1,258   2.6   180,918   1,067   2.4 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned7:

      

U.S.

  24,868   321   5.2   35,066   245   2.8 

Non-U.S.

  39,536   125   1.3   36,974   94   1.0 

Customer payables and Other8:

      

U.S.

  121,968   208   0.7   130,814   (98  (0.3

Non-U.S.

  72,915   203   1.1   64,135   33   0.2 

Total

 $    616,660  $        2,388   1.6 $    594,889  $        1,355   0.9

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

     $906   0.7     $751   0.6

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  88  


Table of Contents

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

  LOGO

 

 

  Six Months Ended June 30, 
  2018  2017 
$ in millions Average
Daily
Balance
  Interest  Annualized
Average
Rate
  

Average
Daily

Balance

  Interest  Annualized
Average
Rate
 

Interest earning assets1

      

Investment securities2

 $80,016  $841   2.1 $77,758  $630   1.6

Loans2

  108,193   2,012   3.8   95,799   1,546   3.3 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed3:

      

U.S.

  130,611   772   1.2   128,775   216   0.3 

Non-U.S.

  89,074   (191  (0.4  92,354   (206  (0.4)  

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities4:

      

U.S.

  55,089   1,012   3.7   58,390   922   3.2 

Non-U.S.

  6,051   104   3.5   2,630   33   2.5 

Customer receivables and Other5:

      

U.S.

  69,003   1,165   3.4   66,143   681   2.1 

Non-U.S.

  34,126   439   2.6   27,622   249   1.8 

Total

 $572,163  $6,154   2.2 $549,471  $4,071   1.5

Interest bearing liabilities

      

Deposits2

 $162,607  $432   0.5 $150,309  $25   

Borrowings2, 6

  193,323   2,396   2.5   175,937   2,088   2.4 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned7:

      

U.S.

  24,948   607   4.9   35,199   417   2.4 

Non-U.S.

  40,091   241   1.2   37,654   170   0.9 

Customer payables and Other8:

      

U.S.

  121,798   257   0.4   130,836   (183  (0.3)  

Non-U.S.

  71,210   340   1.0   60,160   32   0.1 

Total

 $    613,977  $        4,273   1.4 $    590,095  $        2,549   0.9

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

     $1,881   0.8     $1,522   0.6

 

1.

Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

2.

Amounts include primarily U.S. balances.

3.

Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

4.

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities exclude non-interest earning assets and non-interest bearing liabilities, such as equity securities.

5.

Includes interest from Customer receivables and Cash and cash equivalents.

6.

The Firm also issues structured notes that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities, which are recorded within Trading revenues (see Notes 3 and 11 to the financial statements in the 2017 Form 10-K).

7.

Includes fees received on Securities loaned. The annualized average rate was calculated using (a) interest expense incurred on all securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported in the balance sheets and (b) net averageon-balance sheet balances, which exclude certain securities-for-securities transactions.

8.

Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

 

  89  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

Effect of Volume and Rate Changes on Net Interest Income

  LOGO

 

 

  

Current Quarter

versus

Prior Year Quarter

  

Current Year Period

versus

Prior Year Period

 
  

Increase (Decrease)

Due to Change in:

     

Increase (Decrease)

Due to Change in:

    
$ in millions Volume  Rate  Net Change  Volume  Rate  Net Change 

Interest earning assets

      

Investment securities

 $19  $94  $113  $18  $193  $211 

Loans

  130   146   276   201   265   466 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

      

U.S.

  8   315   323   8   548   556 

Non-U.S.

     14   14   10   5   15 

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities:

      

U.S.

  (36  85   49   (44  134   90 

Non-U.S.

  20   16   36   30   41   71 

Customer receivables and Other:

      

U.S.

  6   273   279   18   466   484 

Non-U.S.

  29   69   98   70   120   190 

Change in interest income

 $176  $1,012  $1,188  $311  $1,772  $2,083 

Interest bearing liabilities

      

Deposits

 $2  $257  $259  $2  $405  $407 

Borrowings

  66   125   191   207   101   308 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

      

U.S.

  (71  147   76   (116  306   190 

Non-U.S.

  7   24   31   9   62   71 

Customer payables and Other:

      

U.S.

  7   299   306   7   433   440 

Non-U.S.

  5   165   170   5   303   308 

Change in interest expense

 $16  $1,017  $1,033  $114  $1,610  $1,724 

Change in net interest income

 $160  $(5 $155  $197  $162  $359 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  90  


Table of Contents
Glossary of Common Acronyms  LOGO

 

2017 Form10-K—Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2017 filed with the SEC

ABS—Asset-backed securities

AFS—Available-for-sale

AML—Anti-money laundering

AOCI—Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

AUM—Assets under management or supervision

BHC—Bank holding company

bps—Basis points; one basis point equals 1/100th of 1%

CCAR—Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

CCyB—Countercyclical capital buffer

CDO—Collateralized debt obligations, including collateralized loan obligations

CDS—Credit default swaps

CECL—Current expected credit loss

CFTC—U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission

CLN—Credit-linked notes

CLO—Collateralized loan obligations

CMBS—Commercial mortgage-backed securities

CMO—Collateralized mortgage obligations

CVA—Credit valuation adjustment

DVA—Debt valuation adjustment

EBITDA—Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization

ELN—Equity-linked notes

EMEA—Europe, Middle East and Africa

EPS—Earnings per common share

ERISA—Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974

E.U.—European Union

FDIC—Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

FFELP—Family Education Loan Program

FVA—Funding valuation adjustment

GLR—Global liquidity reserve

G-SIB—Global systemically important banks

HQLA—High-quality liquid assets

HTM—Held-to-maturity

I/E—Intersegment eliminations

IM—Investment Management

IRS—Internal Revenue Service

IS—Institutional Securities

LCR—Liquidity coverage ratio, as adopted by the U.S. banking agencies

LIBOR—London Interbank Offered Rate

M&A—Merger, acquisition and restructuring transaction

MSBNA—Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

MS&Co.—Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

MSIP—Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc

MSMS—Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd.

MSPBNA—Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association

MSSB LLC—Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

MUFG—Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.

MUMSS—Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

MWh—Megawatt hour

N/A—Not Applicable

 

 

  91  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
Glossary of Common Acronyms  LOGO

 

NAV—Net asset value

N/M—Not Meaningful

Non-GAAP—Non-generally accepted accounting principles

NSFR—Net stable funding ratio, as proposed by the U.S. banking agencies

OCC—Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

OCI—Other comprehensive income (loss)

OTC—Over-the-counter

PRA—Prudential Regulation Authority

RMBS—Residential mortgage-backed securities

ROE—Return on average common equity

ROTCE—Return on average tangible common equity

RSU—Restricted stock units

RWA—Risk-weighted assets

SEC—U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

SLR—Supplementary leverage ratio

S&P—Standard & Poor’s

SPE—Special purpose entity

SPOE—Single point of entry

TDR—Troubled debt restructuring

TLAC—Total loss-absorbing capacity

U.K.—United Kingdom

UPB—Unpaid principal balance

U.S.—United States of America

U.S. DOL—U.S. Department of Labor

U.S. GAAP—Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America

VaR—Value-at-Risk

VAT—Value-added tax

VIE—Variable interest entities

WACC—Implied weighted average cost of capital

WM—Wealth Management

 

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  92  


Table of Contents
  LOGO

 

Other Information

Legal Proceedings

 

The following new matters and developments have occurred since previously reporting certain matters in the Firm’s 2017 Form 10-K and the Firm’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2018 (the “First Quarter Form 10-Q”). See also the disclosures set forth under “Legal Proceedings” in the 2017 Form 10-K and Part II, Item 1 of the First Quarter Form 10-Q.

Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters

On June 27, 2018, the Firm in China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al. filed a motion for summary judgment and spoliation sanctions against CDIB.

On June 8, 2018, the parties inWilmington Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC et al. reached an agreement in principle to settle the litigation.

On June 26, 2018, the parties in Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al. entered into an agreement to settle the litigation.

European Matters

On May 17, 2018, the hearing for the parties’ final submissions was held in the case styled Banco Popolare Societá Cooperativa v. Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc & others.

On June 6, 2018, the Dutch Tax Authority filed an appeal against the decision issued by the District Court in Amsterdam in matters styled Case number 15/3637 and Case number 15/4353.

On June 8, 2018, the City Court of Copenhagen, Denmark ordered that the matters styled Case number BS99-6998/2017 and Case number B-2073-16 be heard together before the High Court of Eastern Denmark. On June 29, 2018, the Firm filed its defense to the matter styled Case number B-2073-16.

On June 15, 2018, the Court of Accounts for the Republic of Italy in the matter styled Case number 2012/00406/MNV issued a decision declining jurisdiction and dismissing the claim against the Firm. On July 24, 2018, the Firm was served with an appeal by the public prosecutor.

Currency Related Matters

On June 13, 2018, the Firm entered into an agreement to settle a proceeding before Brazil’s Council for Economic Defense related to alleged anticompetitive activity in the foreign exchange market related to the Brazilian Real.

Other Litigation

On June 22, 2018, the parties in Genesee County Employees’ Retirement System v. Bank of America Corporation et al. entered into an agreement to settle the litigation. The court granted preliminary approval of the settlement on June 26, 2018.

 

 

  93  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
  LOGO

 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

The following table sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Firm of its common stock during the current quarter ended June 30, 2018.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

$ in millions, except per share data  Total Number of
Shares
Purchased
   

Average Price

Paid Per Share

   Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs1
   

Approximate Dollar
Value of

Shares that May
Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs

 

Month #1 (April 1, 2018—April 30, 2018)

        

Share Repurchase Program2

   3,291,200   $53.42    3,291,200   $1,074 

Employee transactions3

   991,956   $53.04         

Month #2 (May 1, 2018—May 31, 2018)

        

Share Repurchase Program2

   8,301,300   $53.32    8,301,300   $632 

Employee transactions3

   33,887   $51.73         

Month #3 (June 1, 2018—June 30, 2018)

        

Share Repurchase Program2

   12,246,810   $51.57    12,246,810   $ 

Employee transactions3

   17,641   $50.60         

Quarter ended at June 30, 2018

        

Share Repurchase Program2

   23,839,310   $52.43    23,839,310   $ 

Employee transactions3

   1,043,484   $52.96         

 

1.

Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Firm deems appropriate and may be suspended at any time. On April 18, 2018, the Firm entered into a sales plan with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”) whereby MUFG will sell shares of the Firm’s common stock to the Firm, through its agent MS&Co., as part of the Company’s share repurchase program (as defined below). The sales plan is only intended to maintain MUFG’s ownership percentage below 24.9% in order to comply with MUFG’s passivity commitments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) and will have no impact on the strategic alliance between MUFG and the Firm, including the joint venture in Japan.

2.

The Firm’s Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of the Firm’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. Share repurchases by the Firm are subject to regulatory approval. On June 28, 2018, the Federal Reserve published summary results of CCAR and the Firm received a conditional non-objection to its 2018 Capital Plan, where the only condition was that the Firm’s capital distributions not exceed the greater of the actual distributions it made over the previous four calendar quarters or the annualized average of actual distributions over the previous eight calendar quarters. As a result, the Firm’s 2018 Capital Plan includes a share repurchase of up to $4.7 billion of its outstanding common stock during the period beginning July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2019. During the quarter ended June 30, 2018, the Firm repurchased approximately $1.25 billion of the Firm’s outstanding common stock as part of its Share Repurchase Program. For further information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management.”

3.

Includes shares acquired by the Firm in satisfaction of the tax withholding obligations on stock-based awards granted under the Firm’s stock-based compensation plans.

 

June 2018 Form 10-Q  94  


Table of Contents
  LOGO

 

Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Firm’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

No change in the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f)of the Exchange Act) occurred during the period covered by this report that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

Exhibits

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this Report on page E-1.

 

 

  95  June 2018 Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit Index

Morgan Stanley

Quarter Ended June 30, 2018

 

    Exhibit No. 

Description

 

12

 

 

Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends (unaudited).

15 

Letter of awareness from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated August  3, 2018, concerning unaudited interim financial information.

31.1 

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

31.2 

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

32.1 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

32.2 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

101 

Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (unaudited): (i) the Consolidated Income Statements—Three Months and Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, (ii) the Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statements—Three Months and Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets—at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, (v) the Consolidated Cash Flow Statements—Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  E-1  


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

MORGAN STANLEY

(Registrant)

By:                    /s/ JONATHAN PRUZAN

Jonathan Pruzan

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

By:                        /s/  PAUL C. WIRTH

Paul C. Wirth

Deputy Chief Financial Officer

Date: August 3, 2018

 

  S-1